From 2817f84506342d95339d89c39157c115d024add8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: nobody Date: Wed, 2 Oct 2002 20:47:32 +0000 Subject: This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'evolution-1-2-recurid-branch'. svn path=/branches/evolution-1-2-recurid-branch/; revision=2621 --- .cvsignore | 17 - AUTHORS | 0 ChangeLog | 93 --- Makefile.am | 5 - NEWS | 0 README | 35 -- autogen.sh | 17 - bin/.cvsignore | 3 - bin/ChangeLog | 16 - bin/Makefile.am | 15 - bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in | 30 - configure.in | 35 -- doc/.cvsignore | 2 - doc/Makefile.am | 0 doc/usage.txt | 79 --- gnome-common.spec.in | 82 --- intl/ChangeLog | 4 - intl/Makefile.in | 313 --------- intl/README.cvs-commits | 13 - intl/VERSION | 1 - intl/bindtextdom.c | 369 ----------- intl/cat-compat.c | 262 -------- intl/config.charset | 438 ------------- intl/dcgettext.c | 58 -- intl/dcigettext.c | 1259 ------------------------------------- intl/dcngettext.c | 60 -- intl/dgettext.c | 59 -- intl/dngettext.c | 61 -- intl/explodename.c | 192 ------ intl/finddomain.c | 198 ------ intl/gettext.c | 64 -- intl/gettext.h | 102 --- intl/gettextP.h | 252 -------- intl/hash-string.h | 59 -- intl/intl-compat.c | 166 ----- intl/intlh.inst.in | 111 ---- intl/l10nflist.c | 405 ------------ intl/libgettext.h | 49 -- intl/libgnuintl.h | 128 ---- intl/libintl.glibc | 111 ---- intl/linux-msg.sed | 100 --- intl/loadinfo.h | 109 ---- intl/loadmsgcat.c | 567 ----------------- intl/localcharset.c | 271 -------- intl/locale.alias | 78 --- intl/localealias.c | 404 ------------ intl/ngettext.c | 68 -- intl/plural.c | 1326 --------------------------------------- intl/plural.y | 413 ------------ intl/po2tbl.sed.in | 102 --- intl/ref-add.sin | 31 - intl/ref-del.sin | 26 - intl/textdomain.c | 142 ----- intl/xopen-msg.sed | 104 --- macros2/.cvsignore | 4 - macros2/ChangeLog | 207 ------ macros2/Makefile.am | 22 - macros2/README.cvs-commits | 13 - macros2/autogen.sh | 216 ------- macros2/check-utmp.m4 | 243 ------- macros2/compiler-flags.m4 | 143 ----- macros2/curses.m4 | 318 ---------- macros2/gnome-common.m4 | 51 -- macros2/gnome-cxx-check.m4 | 10 - macros2/gnome-gettext.m4 | 338 ---------- macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4 | 44 -- macros2/gnome-platform.m4 | 37 -- macros2/gnome-pthread-check.m4 | 16 - macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4 | 52 -- macros2/linger.m4 | 28 - stamp-h.in | 1 - stamp.h.in | 0 support/.cvsignore | 9 - support/ChangeLog | 385 ------------ support/Makefile.am | 48 -- support/README-gnome | 102 --- support/README.cvs-commits | 13 - support/canonicalize.c | 202 ------ support/easy-vsnprintf.c | 30 - support/error.c | 254 -------- support/error.h | 77 --- support/findme.c | 43 -- support/findme.h | 10 - support/getopt.c | 1041 ------------------------------ support/getopt.h | 135 ---- support/getopt1.c | 187 ------ support/gnome-argp.c | 12 - support/gnome-argp.h | 19 - support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in | 11 - support/gnomesupport-fake.h | 35 -- support/gnomesupport.awk | 208 ------ support/memmove.c | 18 - support/mkstemp.c | 100 --- support/popt-gnome.h | 127 ---- support/popt.c | 713 --------------------- support/poptconfig.c | 137 ---- support/popthelp.c | 301 --------- support/poptint.h | 86 --- support/poptparse.c | 118 ---- support/scandir.c | 132 ---- support/strcasecmp.c | 75 --- support/strerror.c | 837 ------------------------ support/strndup.c | 53 -- support/strnlen.c | 30 - support/strtod.c | 122 ---- support/strtok_r.c | 63 -- support/strtol.c | 142 ----- support/strtoul.c | 109 ---- support/system.h | 55 -- support/vasprintf.c | 197 ------ support/vsnprintf.c | 157 ----- 111 files changed, 17040 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 .cvsignore delete mode 100644 AUTHORS delete mode 100644 ChangeLog delete mode 100644 Makefile.am delete mode 100644 NEWS delete mode 100644 README delete mode 100755 autogen.sh delete mode 100644 bin/.cvsignore delete mode 100644 bin/ChangeLog delete mode 100644 bin/Makefile.am delete mode 100644 bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in delete mode 100644 configure.in delete mode 100644 doc/.cvsignore delete mode 100644 doc/Makefile.am delete mode 100644 doc/usage.txt delete mode 100644 gnome-common.spec.in delete mode 100644 intl/ChangeLog delete mode 100644 intl/Makefile.in delete mode 100644 intl/README.cvs-commits delete mode 100644 intl/VERSION delete mode 100644 intl/bindtextdom.c delete mode 100644 intl/cat-compat.c delete mode 100755 intl/config.charset delete mode 100644 intl/dcgettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/dcigettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/dcngettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/dgettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/dngettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/explodename.c delete mode 100644 intl/finddomain.c delete mode 100644 intl/gettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/gettext.h delete mode 100644 intl/gettextP.h delete mode 100644 intl/hash-string.h delete mode 100644 intl/intl-compat.c delete mode 100644 intl/intlh.inst.in delete mode 100644 intl/l10nflist.c delete mode 100644 intl/libgettext.h delete mode 100644 intl/libgnuintl.h delete mode 100644 intl/libintl.glibc delete mode 100644 intl/linux-msg.sed delete mode 100644 intl/loadinfo.h delete mode 100644 intl/loadmsgcat.c delete mode 100644 intl/localcharset.c delete mode 100644 intl/locale.alias delete mode 100644 intl/localealias.c delete mode 100644 intl/ngettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/plural.c delete mode 100644 intl/plural.y delete mode 100644 intl/po2tbl.sed.in delete mode 100644 intl/ref-add.sin delete mode 100644 intl/ref-del.sin delete mode 100644 intl/textdomain.c delete mode 100644 intl/xopen-msg.sed delete mode 100644 macros2/.cvsignore delete mode 100644 macros2/ChangeLog delete mode 100644 macros2/Makefile.am delete mode 100644 macros2/README.cvs-commits delete mode 100644 macros2/autogen.sh delete mode 100644 macros2/check-utmp.m4 delete mode 100644 macros2/compiler-flags.m4 delete mode 100644 macros2/curses.m4 delete mode 100644 macros2/gnome-common.m4 delete mode 100644 macros2/gnome-cxx-check.m4 delete mode 100644 macros2/gnome-gettext.m4 delete mode 100644 macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4 delete mode 100644 macros2/gnome-platform.m4 delete mode 100644 macros2/gnome-pthread-check.m4 delete mode 100644 macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4 delete mode 100644 macros2/linger.m4 delete mode 100644 stamp-h.in delete mode 100644 stamp.h.in delete mode 100644 support/.cvsignore delete mode 100644 support/ChangeLog delete mode 100644 support/Makefile.am delete mode 100644 support/README-gnome delete mode 100644 support/README.cvs-commits delete mode 100644 support/canonicalize.c delete mode 100644 support/easy-vsnprintf.c delete mode 100644 support/error.c delete mode 100644 support/error.h delete mode 100644 support/findme.c delete mode 100644 support/findme.h delete mode 100644 support/getopt.c delete mode 100644 support/getopt.h delete mode 100644 support/getopt1.c delete mode 100644 support/gnome-argp.c delete mode 100644 support/gnome-argp.h delete mode 100644 support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in delete mode 100644 support/gnomesupport-fake.h delete mode 100644 support/gnomesupport.awk delete mode 100644 support/memmove.c delete mode 100644 support/mkstemp.c delete mode 100644 support/popt-gnome.h delete mode 100644 support/popt.c delete mode 100644 support/poptconfig.c delete mode 100644 support/popthelp.c delete mode 100644 support/poptint.h delete mode 100644 support/poptparse.c delete mode 100644 support/scandir.c delete mode 100644 support/strcasecmp.c delete mode 100644 support/strerror.c delete mode 100644 support/strndup.c delete mode 100644 support/strnlen.c delete mode 100644 support/strtod.c delete mode 100644 support/strtok_r.c delete mode 100644 support/strtol.c delete mode 100644 support/strtoul.c delete mode 100644 support/system.h delete mode 100644 support/vasprintf.c delete mode 100644 support/vsnprintf.c diff --git a/.cvsignore b/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 23e047a8..00000000 --- a/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile -aclocal.m4 -config.guess -config.h.in -config.sub -configure -ltconfig -ltmain.sh -config.log -config.h -config.cache -libtool -config.status -stamp-h -stamp.h -gnome-common.spec diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29b..00000000 diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index d499b2e7..00000000 --- a/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -2001-12-11 Anders Carlsson - - * configure.in: Up to 1.2.4. - -2001-09-20 Glynn Foster - - * macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4: replaced - GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES with PKG_CHECK_MODULES - -2001-08-02 Michael Meeks - - * Version 1.2.3 - -2001-07-26 Darin Adler - - * configure.in: Point to the new home of pkgconfig at - www.freedesktop.org instead of "sourceforce.net" [sic]. - -2001-07-26 Darin Adler - - * doc/usage.txt: Point to the new home of pkgconfig at - www.freedesktop.org. - -2001-07-12 Darin Adler - - * configure.in: Remove AC_ARG_PROGRAM, because AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE - already takes care of that. - -2001-05-22 Darin Adler - - * hack-macros/gnome.m4: Add BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL for - compatibility with the new gettext. - -2001-04-16 Darin Adler - - * gnome-common.spec.in: A cut at updating the spec file now that - the pkgconfig stuff and support stuff has gone away. - -2001-04-14 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-common.pc.in, gnome-common-2.0.pc.in: Removed. - - * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.2. - (--enable-platform-gnome-2): Removed this command line argument; - this package is now the same for GNOME 1.x and GNOME 2.0. - - * acinclude.m4: Removed. - * acconfig.h: Removed. - - * support/: We don't build this directory anymore; the GNOME 1.x - version of it is in gnome-libs/support and the GNOME 2.0 one is in - libgnomebase/libgnomesupport. - -2001-03-26 Robin * Slomkowski - - * Makefile.am: added gnome-common.spec.in to EXTRA_DISTS - * configure.in: added gnome-common.spec.in - * gnome-common.spec: removed from repository as it appeared - generic - * gnome-common.spec.in: new spec file using Martin's suggestions - -2000-12-01 Martin Baulig - - Released gnome-common 1.2.1. - -2000-11-21 Martin Baulig - - * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.1. - - * configure.in (--enable-platform-gnome-2): New configure - command line argument to enable support for the GNOME 2.x - platform. - (PLATFORM_GNOME_2): New automake conditional. - * Do the GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS here if we're on the GNOME 2.x - platform. - - * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Conditionally add support for the - GNOME 2.x platform. - - * acinclude.m4: New file. Put stuff from gnome-support.m4 - and need-declaration.m4 here. - -2000-05-29 Martin Baulig - - * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.0. - -1998-02-19 Raja R Harinath - - * autogen.sh: New sample file. - * configure.in: Likewise. - * Makefile.am: Likewise. - * README: Likewise. - diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 3e50c649..00000000 --- a/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -SUBDIRS = bin macros macros2 doc - -EXTRA_DIST = gnome-common.spec - - diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29b..00000000 diff --git a/README b/README deleted file mode 100644 index 611a0a05..00000000 --- a/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -This directory contains sample files that should be in pretty much every -GNOME application. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -To make this work both for GNOME Applications inside and outside the -GNOME CVS Tree I did the following: - -* There is an `INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON' automake conditional which is defined - in two places: - - - macros/aclocal-includes.m4 defines this to always be false. - - - gnome-common/configure.in does not include anything from macros and - defines this to be true. - -* We use this automake conditional in the macros/Makefile.am to install - $(MACROS), autogen.sh, gnome-common.m4 and a newly created gnome-macros.dep - in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome'. - - Since aclocal doesn't look in subdirectories we can safely install them - there even when compiling from CVS. - - Also, there is no need to make any change to any existing application - in the GNOME CVS Tree - really fine ... - -* When we're outside the GNOME CVS Tree we simply need to tell aclocal that - it should also look in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome' and it will find all - the macros. - - The is a `gnome-skel' module in CVS that can be used as a starting point - when writing a new GNOME Application that should be used outside CVS. - -February 4, 1999, -Martin Baulig diff --git a/autogen.sh b/autogen.sh deleted file mode 100755 index ba239f35..00000000 --- a/autogen.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc. - -srcdir=`dirname $0` -test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=. - -PKG_NAME="Gnome Skeleton" - -(test -f $srcdir/configure.in \ -## put other tests here -) || { - echo -n "**Error**: Directory "\`$srcdir\'" does not look like the" - echo " top-level $PKG_NAME directory" - exit 1 -} - -. $srcdir/macros/autogen.sh diff --git a/bin/.cvsignore b/bin/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 161a1f68..00000000 --- a/bin/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile -gnome-autogen.sh diff --git a/bin/ChangeLog b/bin/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 9f3fb24e..00000000 --- a/bin/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -2000-11-21 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-autogen.sh.in: New file. Autogen gnome-autogen.sh - from it; added GNOME_COMMON_DATA_DIR and make it actually - work. - -2000-11-20 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-autogen.sh: Initialize GNOME_DATADIR from - GNOME_DIR if set before trying gnome-config. - -2000-05-29 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-autogen.sh: New file. Moved here from - the `macros' directory. - diff --git a/bin/Makefile.am b/bin/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 36bff37e..00000000 --- a/bin/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -bin_SCRIPTS = gnome-autogen.sh - -## We create gnome-autogen.sh here and not from configure because we want -## to get the paths expanded correctly. Macros like srcdir are given -## the value NONE in configure if the user doesn't specify them (this -## is an autoconf feature, not a bug). -gnome-autogen.sh: gnome-autogen.sh.in Makefile -## Use sed and then mv to avoid problems if the user interrupts. - sed -e 's#\@datadir\@#$(datadir)#g' \ - < $(srcdir)/gnome-autogen.sh.in > gnome-autogen.tmp \ - && mv gnome-autogen.tmp gnome-autogen.sh - -EXTRA_DIST = gnome-autogen.sh.in - - diff --git a/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in b/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in deleted file mode 100644 index cb8b68bd..00000000 --- a/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -if test -z "USE_GNOME2_MACROS" ; then - USE_GNOME2_MACROS=0 -fi - -if test "$USE_GNOME2_MACROS" = 1 ; then - if test -z "$GNOME2_DIR" ; then - GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="@datadir@" - else - GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="$GNOME2_DIR/share" - fi - GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR="$GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR/aclocal/gnome2-macros" -else - if test -z "$GNOME_DIR" ; then - GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="@datadir@" - else - GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="$GNOME_DIR/share" - fi - GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR="$GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR/aclocal/gnome-macros" -fi - -export GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR -export GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR - -ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I $GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR $ACLOCAL_FLAGS" -export ACLOCAL_FLAGS - -. $GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR/autogen.sh - diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in deleted file mode 100644 index ac99c7e5..00000000 --- a/configure.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -AC_INIT(macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4) - -AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(gnome-common, 1.2.4) - -AM_MAINTAINER_MODE - -AM_CONDITIONAL(INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON, true) - -AC_DEFUN([AC_FYI], [echo "FYI: " $1]) - -AC_ISC_POSIX -AC_PROG_CC -AC_PROG_CPP -AC_STDC_HEADERS -AM_PROG_LIBTOOL - -AC_PROG_AWK - -AC_PATH_PROG(PKG_CONFIG, pkg-config) -if test "!" -x "$PKG_CONFIG" ; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([ -*** You need the latest pkg-config. -*** Get the latest version of pkg-config from -*** .]) -fi -AC_SUBST(PKG_CONFIG) - -AC_OUTPUT([ -Makefile -gnome-common.spec -macros/Makefile -macros2/Makefile -bin/Makefile -doc/Makefile]) - diff --git a/doc/.cvsignore b/doc/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 3dda7298..00000000 --- a/doc/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile diff --git a/doc/Makefile.am b/doc/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29b..00000000 diff --git a/doc/usage.txt b/doc/usage.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 89b4d926..00000000 --- a/doc/usage.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -This module is intended for people who want to develop -GNOME Applications outside of the GNOME CVS tree or for -people who're developing inside GNOME CVS, but don't want -to carry the macros/ directory in their module. - -There are two modes of operation: - -1.) The GNOME 1.x platform is what you get when you - configure this module without any special parameters. - - This installs everything from the `macros' directory - in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome-macros' and provides a - `gnome-autogen.sh' in `$(bindir)'. - -2.) To enable support for the GNOME 2.x platform, gnome-common's - configure has a `--enable-platform-gnome-2' command line - argument which you need to use. - - The difference is that the GNOME 2.x version will require - a recent version of pkg-config (from freedesktop.org at - ) and also - compile the `support' directory. - - This is considered "hacker stuff" and has the same disclaimer - than gnome-libs HEAD. - - -To use this module in your package, you need to: - -1.) Compile and install gnome-common like any normal package. - -2.) You don't need to have a `macros/' dir in your package, - this stuff is going to replace it. - -3.) In your autogen.sh use this: - - --- - . gnome-autogen.sh - --- - - instead of - - --- - . macros/autogen.sh - --- - -4.) In you configure.in, remove the - - --- - AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macros) - --- - - and replace it with - - --- - GNOME_COMMON_INIT - --- - -That's it. Now your app uses the macros which are installed -from gnome-common. - -[This is only intended for "hackers": - - If you want to use GNOME 2.0, just use - - --- - USE_GNOME_2_MACROS=1 . gnome-autogen.sh - --- - - in your autogen.sh. - - There's an example for this in LibGTop HEAD. -] - -Comments, Questions, etc. are welcome :) - - -Nov 21, 2000 -Martin Baulig diff --git a/gnome-common.spec.in b/gnome-common.spec.in deleted file mode 100644 index aba8ca4c..00000000 --- a/gnome-common.spec.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -# Note this is NOT a relocatable thing :) -%define name gnome-common -%define ver @VERSION@ -%define RELEASE 0_cvs_0 -%define rel %{?CUSTOM_RELEASE} %{!?CUSTOM_RELEASE:%RELEASE} -%define prefix /usr -%define sysconfdir /etc - -Name: %name -Summary: gnome-common contains usefull things common to building gnome packages -Version: %ver -Distribution: GNOME -Vendor: CVS -Release: %rel -Copyright: GPL -Group: Development/Tools -Source: %{name}-%{ver}.tar.gz -URL: http://gnome.org -BuildRoot: /var/tmp/%{name}-%{ver}-root -Docdir: %{prefix}/doc - -%description -gnome-common is for developing various GNOME modules that have to do similar things - -%changelog -* Mon Mar 26 2000 Robin * Slomkowski -- created this thing, and replaced the generic specfile - -%prep -%setup - -%build -%ifarch alpha - MYARCH_FLAGS="--host=alpha-redhat-linux" -%endif - -LC_ALL="" -LINGUAS="" -LANG="" -export LC_ALL LINGUAS LANG - -CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" ./configure $MYARCH_FLAGS \ - --prefix=%{prefix} \ - --enable-platform-gnome-2 \ - --sysconfdir=%{sysconfdir} - -if [ "$SMP" != "" ]; then - (make "MAKE=make -k -j $SMP"; exit 0) - make -else - make -fi - -%install -[ -n "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" -a "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" != / ] && rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT - -make prefix=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{prefix} sysconfdir=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{sysconfdir} install - -for FILE in "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/bin/*"; do - file "$FILE" | grep -q not\ stripped && strip $FILE -done - -%clean -[ -n "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" -a "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" != / ] && rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT - -%post -if ! grep %{prefix}/lib /etc/ld.so.conf > /dev/null ; then - echo "%{prefix}/lib" >> /etc/ld.so.conf -fi - -/sbin/ldconfig - -%postun -p /sbin/ldconfig - -%files - -%defattr(0555, bin, bin) -%{prefix}/bin/* - -%defattr (0444, bin, bin) -%{prefix}/share/aclocal/gnome-macros/* -%{prefix}/share/aclocal/gnome2-macros/* diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 84e2b37e..00000000 --- a/intl/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -2001-09-13 GNU - - * Version 0.10.40 released. - diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 19ed4a7e..00000000 --- a/intl/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,313 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities. -# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. - -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ - -SHELL = /bin/sh - -srcdir = @srcdir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -top_builddir = .. -VPATH = @srcdir@ - -prefix = @prefix@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -transform = @program_transform_name@ -libdir = @libdir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -localedir = $(datadir)/locale -gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl -aliaspath = $(localedir) -subdir = intl - -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac` - -l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ - -AR = ar -CC = @CC@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d -YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext - -DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \ --DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ - -COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) - -HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h -COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h -SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c -COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \ -finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \ -explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \ -localcharset.c -OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \ -finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \ -explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \ -plural.$lo localcharset.$lo -GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo -DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ -config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) -DISTFILES.generated = plural.c -DISTFILES.normal = VERSION -DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc -DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c - -# Libtool's library version information for libintl. -# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this -# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". -# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* -# change these values. -LTV_CURRENT=1 -LTV_REVISION=1 -LTV_AGE=0 - -.SUFFIXES: -.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed -.c.o: - $(COMPILE) $< -.c.lo: - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $< - -.y.c: - $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $< - rm -f $*.h - -.sin.sed: - sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@ - mv t-$@ $@ - -INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl - -all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ -all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed -all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ -all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la -all-no-no: - -libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS) - rm -f $@ - $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) - $(RANLIB) $@ - -libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \ - $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \ - $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \ - -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \ - -rpath $(libdir) \ - -no-undefined - -libintl.h: libgnuintl.h - cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h - -charset.alias: config.charset - $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@ - mv t-$@ $@ - -check: all - -# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which -# only use the library should use install instead. - -# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a -# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a -# separate library. -# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the -# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. -install: install-exec install-data -install-exec: all - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ - && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ - orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - else \ - if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \ - orig=charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ - test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ - && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ - || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi -install-data: all - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \ - dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ - $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \ - dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \ - $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. -installcheck: - -uninstall: - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ - && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ - if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ - rm -f $$dest; \ - else \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - fi; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ - sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ - if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ - rm -f $$dest; \ - else \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - fi; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ - for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -info dvi: - -$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h -bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h -dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h - -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - -id: ID - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - - -mostlyclean: - rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.* - rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed - rm -f -r .libs _libs - -clean: mostlyclean - -distclean: clean - rm -f Makefile ID TAGS - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ - rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -maintainer-clean: distclean - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." - - -# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some -# other files which should not be distributed in other packages. -distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) -dist distdir: Makefile - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ - additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ - else \ - additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ - fi; \ - $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \ - for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \ - if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ - ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \ - || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \ - done - -Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status - cd .. \ - && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/intl/README.cvs-commits b/intl/README.cvs-commits deleted file mode 100644 index 88e3d581..00000000 --- a/intl/README.cvs-commits +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS - -which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects -a very large number of modules. - -Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you -commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me -a patch and I'll commit it for you it it's ok. - -Thanks for your understanding, - -August 1st, 2001 -Martin Baulig - diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION deleted file mode 100644 index cb8a01a7..00000000 --- a/intl/VERSION +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40 diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c deleted file mode 100644 index c6a9bd16..00000000 --- a/intl/bindtextdom.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,369 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ -# include -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__ -# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__ -#endif - -/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ -#ifndef offsetof -# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ -extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; - -/* List with bindings of specific domains. */ -extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock) - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain -# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset -# ifndef strdup -# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) -# endif -#else -# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__ -# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__ -#endif - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname, - const char **dirnamep, - const char **codesetp)); - -/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP - to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. - If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not - modified, only the current value is returned. - If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither - modified nor returned. */ -static void -set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp) - const char *domainname; - const char **dirnamep; - const char **codesetp; -{ - struct binding *binding; - int modified; - - /* Some sanity checks. */ - if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') - { - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = NULL; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - return; - } - - __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); - - modified = 0; - - for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) - { - int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It is not in the list. */ - binding = NULL; - break; - } - } - - if (binding != NULL) - { - if (dirnamep) - { - const char *dirname = *dirnamep; - - if (dirname == NULL) - /* The current binding has be to returned. */ - *dirnamep = binding->dirname; - else - { - /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old - one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the - old binding. */ - char *result = binding->dirname; - if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) - { - if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) - result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; - else - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (dirname); -#else - size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - memcpy (result, dirname, len); -#endif - } - - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - { - if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) - free (binding->dirname); - - binding->dirname = result; - modified = 1; - } - } - *dirnamep = result; - } - } - - if (codesetp) - { - const char *codeset = *codesetp; - - if (codeset == NULL) - /* The current binding has be to returned. */ - *codesetp = binding->codeset; - else - { - /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old - one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the - old binding. */ - char *result = binding->codeset; - if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (codeset); -#else - size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - memcpy (result, codeset, len); -#endif - - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - { - if (binding->codeset != NULL) - free (binding->codeset); - - binding->codeset = result; - binding->codeset_cntr++; - modified = 1; - } - } - *codesetp = result; - } - } - } - else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) - && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) - { - /* Simply return the default values. */ - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - } - else - { - /* We have to create a new binding. */ - size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; - struct binding *new_binding = - (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); - - if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) - goto failed; - - memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); - - if (dirnamep) - { - const char *dirname = *dirnamep; - - if (dirname == NULL) - /* The default value. */ - dirname = _nl_default_dirname; - else - { - if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) - dirname = _nl_default_dirname; - else - { - char *result; -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (dirname); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_dirname; -#else - size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_dirname; - memcpy (result, dirname, len); -#endif - dirname = result; - } - } - *dirnamep = dirname; - new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; - } - else - /* The default value. */ - new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; - - new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0; - - if (codesetp) - { - const char *codeset = *codesetp; - - if (codeset != NULL) - { - char *result; - -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (codeset); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_codeset; -#else - size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_codeset; - memcpy (result, codeset, len); -#endif - codeset = result; - new_binding->codeset_cntr++; - } - *codesetp = codeset; - new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; - } - else - new_binding->codeset = NULL; - - /* Now enqueue it. */ - if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL - || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) - { - new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; - _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; - } - else - { - binding = _nl_domain_bindings; - while (binding->next != NULL - && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) - binding = binding->next; - - new_binding->next = binding->next; - binding->next = new_binding; - } - - modified = 1; - - /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ - if (0) - { - failed_codeset: - if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) - free (new_binding->dirname); - failed_dirname: - free (new_binding); - failed: - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = NULL; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - } - } - - /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ - if (modified) - ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); -} - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -char * -BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ - set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); - return (char *) dirname; -} - -/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the - DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ -char * -BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset) - const char *domainname; - const char *codeset; -{ - set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); - return (char *) codeset; -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); -weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); -#endif diff --git a/intl/cat-compat.c b/intl/cat-compat.c deleted file mode 100644 index 867d901b..00000000 --- a/intl/cat-compat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, - Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include - -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -# include -# include -#else -char *getenv (); -# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H -# include -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H -# include -#endif - -#include "libgettext.h" - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: - ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current - setting of `local'.'' - However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX - defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected - system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL -#endif - -/* The catalog descriptor. */ -static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1; - -/* Name of the default catalog. */ -static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages"; - -/* Name of currently used catalog. */ -static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name; - -/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */ -static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg)); - -/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); -#endif - - -/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */ -char * -textdomain (domainname) - const char *domainname; -{ - nl_catd new_catalog; - char *new_name; - size_t new_name_len; - char *lang; - -#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \ - && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL - lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL); -#else - lang = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') - { - lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES"); - if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') - lang = getenv ("LANG"); - } -#endif - if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') - lang = "C"; - - /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - return (char *) catalog_name; - - if (domainname[0] == '\0') - domainname = default_catalog_name; - - /* Compute length of added path element. */ - new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang) - + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1 - + sizeof (".cat"); - - new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len); - if (new_name == NULL) - return NULL; - - strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE); - new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0); - - if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1) - { - /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */ - sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang, - PACKAGE); - new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0); - - if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1) - { - free (new_name); - return (char *) catalog_name; - } - } - - /* Close old catalog. */ - if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1) - catclose (catalog); - if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name) - free ((char *) catalog_name); - - catalog = new_catalog; - catalog_name = new_name; - - return (char *) catalog_name; -} - -char * -bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ -#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV - char *old_val, *new_val, *cp; - size_t new_val_len; - - /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - return NULL; - - /* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need - the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this - peanuts. */ - new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname) - + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); - - old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH"); - if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0') - { - old_val = NULL; - new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 - + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); - } - else - new_val_len += strlen (old_val); - - new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len); - if (new_val == NULL) - return NULL; - -# if HAVE_SETENV - cp = new_val; -# else - cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH="); -# endif - - cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname); - cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:"); - - if (old_val == NULL) - { -# if __STDC__ - stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); -# else - - cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR); - stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); -# endif - } - else - stpcpy (cp, old_val); - -# if HAVE_SETENV - setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1); - free (new_val); -# else - putenv (new_val); - /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used - from now on. */ -# endif - -#endif - - return (char *) domainname; -} - -#undef gettext -char * -gettext (msg) - const char *msg; -{ - int msgid; - - if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1) - return (char *) msg; - - /* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1. - The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id' - which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */ - msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg); - if (msgid == -1) - return (char *) msg; - - return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg); -} - -/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries - for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when - the string is not found return -1. */ -static int -msg_to_cat_id (msg) - const char *msg; -{ - int cnt; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt) - if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0) - return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number; - - return -1; -} - - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we - avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this - function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY - to be defined. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; -{ - while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') - /* Do nothing. */ ; - return dest - 1; -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset deleted file mode 100755 index f4f2611c..00000000 --- a/intl/config.charset +++ /dev/null @@ -1,438 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# The table consists of lines of the form -# ALIAS CANONICAL -# -# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". -# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. -# -# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. -# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is -# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case -# MIME charset name is preferred. -# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. -# -# name used by which systems a MIME name? -# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd -# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes -# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes -# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-13 glibc -# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd -# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes -# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes -# CP437 dos -# CP775 dos -# CP850 aix osf dos -# CP852 dos -# CP855 dos -# CP856 aix -# CP857 dos -# CP861 dos -# CP862 dos -# CP864 dos -# CP865 dos -# CP866 freebsd dos -# CP869 dos -# CP874 win32 dos -# CP922 aix -# CP932 aix win32 dos -# CP943 aix -# CP949 osf win32 dos -# CP950 win32 dos -# CP1046 aix -# CP1124 aix -# CP1129 aix -# CP1250 win32 -# CP1251 glibc win32 -# CP1252 aix win32 -# CP1253 win32 -# CP1254 win32 -# CP1255 win32 -# CP1256 win32 -# CP1257 win32 -# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris -# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes -# BIG5-HKSCS glibc -# GBK aix osf win32 dos -# GB18030 glibc -# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes -# JOHAB glibc win32 -# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris -# VISCII glibc yes -# HP-ROMAN8 hpux -# HP-ARABIC8 hpux -# HP-GREEK8 hpux -# HP-HEBREW8 hpux -# HP-TURKISH8 hpux -# HP-KANA8 hpux -# DEC-KANJI osf -# DEC-HANYU osf -# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes -# -# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in -# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). -# -# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications -# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. -# -# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM -# or -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM - -host="$1" -os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` -echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," -echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." -echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." -# List of references, updated during installation: -echo "# Packages using this file: " -case "$os" in - linux* | *-gnu*) - # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, - # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all - # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not - # need to install the alias file at all. - # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. - echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" - ;; - aix*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "IBM-850 CP850" - echo "IBM-856 CP856" - echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" - echo "IBM-922 CP922" - echo "IBM-932 CP932" - echo "IBM-943 CP943" - echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" - echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" - echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" - echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" - echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" - echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "GBK GBK" - echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - hpux*) - echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" - echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" - echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" - echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" - echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" - echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" - echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" - echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" - echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" - echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" - echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" - echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" - echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" - echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" - echo "tis620 TIS-620" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "hp15CN GB2312" - #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? - echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "utf8 UTF-8" - ;; - irix*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "eucCN GB2312" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - ;; - osf*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "cp850 CP850" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" - echo "dechanzi GB2312" - echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" - echo "deckorean EUC-KR" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "GBK GBK" - echo "KSC5601 CP949" - echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" - echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "TACTIS TIS-620" - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - solaris*) - echo "646 ASCII" - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" - echo "BIG5 BIG5" - echo "gb2312 GB2312" - echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" - echo "5601 EUC-KR" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" - echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" - #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - freebsd*) - # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore - # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name - # from the environment variables. - echo "C ASCII" - echo "US-ASCII ASCII" - for l in la_LN lt_LN; do - echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" - done - for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ - fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ - lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - done - for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - done - for l in la_LN lt_LT; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - done - for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do - echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" - echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "$l.CP866 CP866" - done - echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" - echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" - echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" - echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" - echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" - echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" - ;; - beos*) - # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. - echo "* UTF-8" - ;; - msdosdjgpp*) - # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore - # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name - # from the environment variables. - echo "#" - echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." - echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" - echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" - echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" - echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero " - echo "# and Bruno Haible ." - echo "#" - echo "C ASCII" - # ISO-8859-1 languages - echo "ca CP850" - echo "ca_ES CP850" - echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "de CP850" - echo "de_AT CP850" - echo "de_CH CP850" - echo "de_DE CP850" - echo "en CP850" - echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "en_CA CP850" - echo "en_GB CP850" - echo "en_NZ CP437" - echo "en_US CP437" - echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "es CP850" - echo "es_AR CP850" - echo "es_BO CP850" - echo "es_CL CP850" - echo "es_CO CP850" - echo "es_CR CP850" - echo "es_CU CP850" - echo "es_DO CP850" - echo "es_EC CP850" - echo "es_ES CP850" - echo "es_GT CP850" - echo "es_HN CP850" - echo "es_MX CP850" - echo "es_NI CP850" - echo "es_PA CP850" - echo "es_PY CP850" - echo "es_PE CP850" - echo "es_SV CP850" - echo "es_UY CP850" - echo "es_VE CP850" - echo "et CP850" - echo "et_EE CP850" - echo "eu CP850" - echo "eu_ES CP850" - echo "fi CP850" - echo "fi_FI CP850" - echo "fr CP850" - echo "fr_BE CP850" - echo "fr_CA CP850" - echo "fr_CH CP850" - echo "fr_FR CP850" - echo "ga CP850" - echo "ga_IE CP850" - echo "gd CP850" - echo "gd_GB CP850" - echo "gl CP850" - echo "gl_ES CP850" - echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? - echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? - echo "it CP850" - echo "it_CH CP850" - echo "it_IT CP850" - echo "lt CP775" - echo "lt_LT CP775" - echo "lv CP775" - echo "lv_LV CP775" - echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nl CP850" - echo "nl_BE CP850" - echo "nl_NL CP850" - echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "pt CP850" - echo "pt_BR CP850" - echo "pt_PT CP850" - echo "sv CP850" - echo "sv_SE CP850" - # ISO-8859-2 languages - echo "cs CP852" - echo "cs_CZ CP852" - echo "hr CP852" - echo "hr_HR CP852" - echo "hu CP852" - echo "hu_HU CP852" - echo "pl CP852" - echo "pl_PL CP852" - echo "ro CP852" - echo "ro_RO CP852" - echo "sk CP852" - echo "sk_SK CP852" - echo "sl CP852" - echo "sl_SI CP852" - echo "sq CP852" - echo "sq_AL CP852" - echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? - echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? - # ISO-8859-3 languages - echo "mt CP850" - echo "mt_MT CP850" - # ISO-8859-5 languages - echo "be CP866" - echo "be_BE CP866" - echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ?? - echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ?? - # ISO-8859-6 languages - echo "ar CP864" - echo "ar_AE CP864" - echo "ar_DZ CP864" - echo "ar_EG CP864" - echo "ar_IQ CP864" - echo "ar_IR CP864" - echo "ar_JO CP864" - echo "ar_KW CP864" - echo "ar_MA CP864" - echo "ar_OM CP864" - echo "ar_QA CP864" - echo "ar_SA CP864" - echo "ar_SY CP864" - # ISO-8859-7 languages - echo "el CP869" - echo "el_GR CP869" - # ISO-8859-8 languages - echo "he CP862" - echo "he_IL CP862" - # ISO-8859-9 languages - echo "tr CP857" - echo "tr_TR CP857" - # Japanese - echo "ja CP932" - echo "ja_JP CP932" - # Chinese - echo "zh_CN GBK" - echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? - # Korean - echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? - echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? - # Thai - echo "th CP874" - echo "th_TH CP874" - # Other - echo "eo CP850" - echo "eo_EO CP850" - ;; -esac diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index b7c96523..00000000 --- a/intl/dcgettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ -# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -char * -DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; - int category; -{ - return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6acde195..00000000 --- a/intl/dcigettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1259 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before because may include - , and once has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include -#ifndef errno -extern int errno; -#endif -#ifndef __set_errno -# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) -#endif - -#include -#include - -#include -#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC -# ifndef strchr -# define strchr index -# endif -#endif - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include -#endif - -#include - -#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC -# include -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "hash-string.h" - -/* Thread safetyness. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) -# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* Alignment of types. */ -#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 -# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) -#else -# define alignof(TYPE) \ - ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__ -# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__ -# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__ -# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__ -#endif - -/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ -#ifndef offsetof -# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define getcwd __getcwd -# ifndef stpcpy -# define stpcpy __stpcpy -# endif -# define tfind __tfind -#else -# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD -char *getwd (); -# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) -# else -char *getcwd (); -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY -static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)); -# endif -#endif - -/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ -#define PATH_INCR 32 - -/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ -/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define - PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is - later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ -#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) -# include -#endif - -#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX -# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 -#endif - -#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX -# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) -#endif - -/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ -#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN -# include -#endif - -#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN -# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN -#endif - -#ifndef PATH_MAX -# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX -#endif - -/* Pathname support. - ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. - IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, - it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. - IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. - */ -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') -# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ - ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ - && (P)[1] == ':') -# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) -# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ - (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) -#else - /* Unix */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') -# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) -# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) -#endif - -/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: - ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current - setting of `local'.'' - However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and - ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. - those using GNU C Library). */ -#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2) -# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL -#endif - -/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations - are stored. */ -struct known_translation_t -{ - /* Domain in which to search. */ - char *domainname; - - /* The category. */ - int category; - - /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ - int counter; - - /* Catalog where the string was found. */ - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - - /* And finally the translation. */ - const char *translation; - size_t translation_length; - - /* Pointer to the string in question. */ - char msgid[ZERO]; -}; - -/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this - only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */ -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC -# include - -static void *root; - -# ifdef _LIBC -# define tsearch __tsearch -# endif - -/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ -static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2)); -static int -transcmp (p1, p2) - const void *p1; - const void *p2; -{ - const struct known_translation_t *s1; - const struct known_translation_t *s2; - int result; - - s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; - s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; - - result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); - if (result == 0) - { - result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); - if (result == 0) - /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest - operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely - LC_MESSAGES). */ - result = s1->category - s2->category; - } - - return result; -} -#endif - -/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to - textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ -const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages"; - -/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ -const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; - -/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ -const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; - -/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() - calls. */ -struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, - unsigned long int n, - const char *translation, - size_t translation_len)) - internal_function; -static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, - unsigned long int n)) - internal_function; -static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function; -static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category, - const char *categoryname)) - internal_function; - - -/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -/* Nothing has to be done. */ -# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ -# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ -#else -struct block_list -{ - void *address; - struct block_list *next; -}; -# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ - do { \ - struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ - /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ - the list. */ \ - if (newp != NULL) { \ - newp->address = (addr); \ - newp->next = (list); \ - (list) = newp; \ - } \ - } while (0) -# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ - do { \ - while (list != NULL) { \ - struct block_list *old = list; \ - list = list->next; \ - free (old); \ - } \ - } while (0) -# undef alloca -# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) -#endif /* have alloca */ - - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ -typedef struct transmem_list -{ - struct transmem_list *next; - char data[ZERO]; -} transmem_block_t; -static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; -#else -typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; -#endif - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ -#endif - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock) -#endif - -/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides - easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure -# define DETERMINE_SECURE -#else -# ifndef HAVE_GETUID -# define getuid() 0 -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETGID -# define getgid() 0 -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID -# define geteuid() getuid() -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID -# define getegid() getgid() -# endif -static int enable_secure; -# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) -# define DETERMINE_SECURE \ - if (enable_secure == 0) \ - { \ - if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ - enable_secure = 1; \ - else \ - enable_secure = -1; \ - } -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string - depending on the plural form determined by N. */ -char * -DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - int plural; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ -#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA - struct block_list *block_list = NULL; -#endif - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - struct binding *binding; - const char *categoryname; - const char *categoryvalue; - char *dirname, *xdomainname; - char *single_locale; - char *retval; - size_t retlen; - int saved_errno; -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - struct known_translation_t *search; - struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; - size_t msgid_len; -#endif - size_t domainname_len; - - /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ - if (msgid1 == NULL) - return NULL; - - __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); - - /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If - CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the - definition left this undefined. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; - -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; - - /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at - some time. */ - search = (struct known_translation_t *) - alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); - memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); - search->domainname = (char *) domainname; - search->category = category; - - foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); - if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) - { - /* Now deal with plural. */ - if (plural) - retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, - (*foundp)->translation_length); - else - retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - return retval; - } -#endif - - /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ - saved_errno = errno; - - /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ - DETERMINE_SECURE; - - /* First find matching binding. */ - for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) - { - int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It is not in the list. */ - binding = NULL; - break; - } - } - - if (binding == NULL) - dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; - else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname)) - dirname = binding->dirname; - else - { - /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ - size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1; - size_t path_max; - char *ret; - - path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; - path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ - - for (;;) - { - dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); - - __set_errno (0); - ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max); - if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) - break; - - path_max += path_max / 2; - path_max += PATH_INCR; - } - - if (ret == NULL) - { - /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an - error but simply return the default string. */ - FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - __set_errno (saved_errno); - return (plural == 0 - ? (char *) msgid1 - /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ - : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); - } - - stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname); - } - - /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ - categoryname = category_to_name (category); - categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); - - domainname_len = strlen (domainname); - xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) - + domainname_len + 5); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); - - stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), - domainname, domainname_len), - ".mo"); - - /* Creating working area. */ - single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); - - - /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps - got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ - while (1) - { - /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ - while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') - ++categoryvalue; - if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') - { - /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but - no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation - by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation - will take place. */ - single_locale[0] = 'C'; - single_locale[1] = '\0'; - } - else - { - char *cp = single_locale; - while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') - *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; - *cp = '\0'; - - /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files - outside the dedicated directories. */ - if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) - /* Ingore this entry. */ - continue; - } - - /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a - domain. Return the MSGID. */ - if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 - || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) - { - FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - __set_errno (saved_errno); - return (plural == 0 - ? (char *) msgid1 - /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ - : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); - } - - - /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the - DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ - domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); - - if (domain != NULL) - { - retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen); - - if (retval == NULL) - { - int cnt; - - for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, - msgid1, &retlen); - - if (retval != NULL) - { - domain = domain->successor[cnt]; - break; - } - } - } - - if (retval != NULL) - { - /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: - starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ - FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); - __set_errno (saved_errno); -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - if (foundp == NULL) - { - /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ - struct known_translation_t *newp; - - newp = (struct known_translation_t *) - malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) - + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->domainname = - mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); - memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); - newp->category = category; - newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - newp->domain = domain; - newp->translation = retval; - newp->translation_length = retlen; - - /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ - foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) - tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); - if (foundp == NULL - || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) - /* The insert failed. */ - free (newp); - } - } - else - { - /* We can update the existing entry. */ - (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - (*foundp)->domain = domain; - (*foundp)->translation = retval; - (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; - } -#endif - /* Now deal with plural. */ - if (plural) - retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - return retval; - } - } - } - /* NOTREACHED */ -} - - -char * -internal_function -_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct binding *domainbinding; - const char *msgid; - size_t *lengthp; -{ - struct loaded_domain *domain; - size_t act; - char *result; - size_t resultlen; - - if (domain_file->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); - - if (domain_file->data == NULL) - return NULL; - - domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; - - /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ - if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL) - { - /* Use the hashing table. */ - nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); - nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); - nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; - nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); - - while (1) - { - nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]); - - if (nstr == 0) - /* Hash table entry is empty. */ - return NULL; - - /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1. - We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries - are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ - if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len - && (strcmp (msgid, - domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, - domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) - == 0)) - { - act = nstr - 1; - goto found; - } - - if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) - idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; - else - idx += incr; - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - } - else - { - /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of - messages. */ - size_t top, bottom; - - bottom = 0; - top = domain->nstrings; - while (bottom < top) - { - int cmp_val; - - act = (bottom + top) / 2; - cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data - + W (domain->must_swap, - domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); - if (cmp_val < 0) - top = act; - else if (cmp_val > 0) - bottom = act + 1; - else - goto found; - } - /* No translation was found. */ - return NULL; - } - - found: - /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the - string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ - result = ((char *) domain->data - + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); - resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; - -#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV - if (domain->codeset_cntr - != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0)) - { - /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset() - since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We - have to reinitialize the converter. */ - _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); - _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); - } - - if ( -# ifdef _LIBC - domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1 -# endif -# endif - ) - { - /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an - appropriate table with the same structure as the table - of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers - to the converted strings in. - There is a slight complication with plural entries. They - are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We - handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including - NULs. */ - - if (domain->conv_tab == NULL - && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings, - sizeof (char *))) - == NULL)) - /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ - domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1; - - if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) - /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */ - goto converted; - - if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL) - { - /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not - translated yet. Do this now. */ - /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. - We allocate always larger blocks which get used over - time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ - __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) -# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 - static unsigned char *freemem; - static size_t freemem_size; - - const unsigned char *inbuf; - unsigned char *outbuf; - int malloc_count; -# ifndef _LIBC - transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; -# endif - - __libc_lock_lock (lock); - - inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; - outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); - - malloc_count = 0; - while (1) - { - transmem_block_t *newmem; -# ifdef _LIBC - size_t non_reversible; - int res; - - if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) - goto resize_freemem; - - res = __gconv (domain->conv, - &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, - &outbuf, - outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), - &non_reversible); - - if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) - break; - - if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) - { - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } - - inbuf = result; -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; - size_t inleft = resultlen; - char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; - size_t outleft; - - if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) - goto resize_freemem; - - outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); - if (iconv (domain->conv, - (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, - &outptr, &outleft) - != (size_t) (-1)) - { - outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; - break; - } - if (errno != E2BIG) - { - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } -# endif -# endif - - resize_freemem: - /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ - if (malloc_count > 0) - { - ++malloc_count; - freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; - newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, - freemem_size); -# ifdef _LIBC - if (newmem != NULL) - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - else - { - struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; - - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - free (old); - } -# endif - } - else - { - malloc_count = 1; - freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; - newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); - } - if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) - { - freemem = NULL; - freemem_size = 0; - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } - -# ifdef _LIBC - /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free - at some point. */ - newmem->next = transmem_list; - transmem_list = newmem; - - freemem = newmem->data; - freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); -# else - transmem_list = newmem; - freemem = newmem; -# endif - - outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); - } - - /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this - into the table of conversions. */ - *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); - domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; - /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ - freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; - freemem = outbuf; - freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); - freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); - - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - } - - /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all - the plural variants. */ - result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); - resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act]; - } - - converted: - /* The result string is converted. */ - -#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ - - *lengthp = resultlen; - return result; -} - - -/* Look up a plural variant. */ -static char * -internal_function -plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - unsigned long int n; - const char *translation; - size_t translation_len; -{ - struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; - unsigned long int index; - const char *p; - - index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); - if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) - /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the - given maximum value do not match. */ - index = 0; - - /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ - p = translation; - while (index-- > 0) - { -#ifdef _LIBC - p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); -#else - p = strchr (p, '\0'); -#endif - /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ - p++; - - if (p >= translation + translation_len) - /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression - evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants - available for MSGID1. */ - return (char *) translation; - } - return (char *) p; -} - - -/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ -static unsigned long int -internal_function -plural_eval (pexp, n) - struct expression *pexp; - unsigned long int n; -{ - switch (pexp->nargs) - { - case 0: - switch (pexp->operation) - { - case var: - return n; - case num: - return pexp->val.num; - default: - break; - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - break; - case 1: - { - /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ - unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - return ! arg; - } - case 2: - { - unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - if (pexp->operation == lor) - return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - else if (pexp->operation == land) - return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - else - { - unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - - switch (pexp->operation) - { - case mult: - return leftarg * rightarg; - case divide: - return leftarg / rightarg; - case module: - return leftarg % rightarg; - case plus: - return leftarg + rightarg; - case minus: - return leftarg - rightarg; - case less_than: - return leftarg < rightarg; - case greater_than: - return leftarg > rightarg; - case less_or_equal: - return leftarg <= rightarg; - case greater_or_equal: - return leftarg >= rightarg; - case equal: - return leftarg == rightarg; - case not_equal: - return leftarg != rightarg; - default: - break; - } - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - break; - } - case 3: - { - /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ - unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); - } - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - return 0; -} - - -/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ -static const char * -internal_function -category_to_name (category) - int category; -{ - const char *retval; - - switch (category) - { -#ifdef LC_COLLATE - case LC_COLLATE: - retval = "LC_COLLATE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_CTYPE - case LC_CTYPE: - retval = "LC_CTYPE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_MONETARY - case LC_MONETARY: - retval = "LC_MONETARY"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_NUMERIC - case LC_NUMERIC: - retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_TIME - case LC_TIME: - retval = "LC_TIME"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_MESSAGES - case LC_MESSAGES: - retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_RESPONSE - case LC_RESPONSE: - retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_ALL - case LC_ALL: - /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other - value. */ - retval = "LC_ALL"; - break; -#endif - default: - /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ - retval = "LC_XXX"; - } - - return retval; -} - -/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ -static const char * -internal_function -guess_category_value (category, categoryname) - int category; - const char *categoryname; -{ - const char *language; - const char *retval; - - /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment - variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected - locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */ - language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); - if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0') - language = NULL; - - /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL', - `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the - `setlocale' function itself. */ -#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL) - retval = setlocale (category, NULL); -#else - /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */ - retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - { - /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ - retval = getenv (categoryname); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - { - /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ - retval = getenv ("LANG"); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is - implementation defined. */ - return "C"; - } - } -#endif - - return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval; -} - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we - avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this - function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY - to be defined. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; -{ - while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') - /* Do nothing. */ ; - return dest - 1; -} -#endif - -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY -static void * -mempcpy (dest, src, n) - void *dest; - const void *src; - size_t n; -{ - return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); -} -#endif - - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at - program's end. */ -static void __attribute__ ((unused)) -free_mem (void) -{ - void *old; - - while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) - { - struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; - _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; - if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) - /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ - free (oldp->dirname); - free (oldp->codeset); - free (oldp); - } - - if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) - /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ - free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); - - /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ - __tdestroy (root, free); - root = NULL; - - while (transmem_list != NULL) - { - old = transmem_list; - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - free (old); - } -} - -text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index c16af212..00000000 --- a/intl/dcngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ -# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -char * -DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ - return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3651207a..00000000 --- a/intl/dgettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DGETTEXT __dgettext -# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext -#else -# define DGETTEXT dgettext__ -# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -char * -DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; -{ - return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index f214e95b..00000000 --- a/intl/dngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -#else -# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__ -# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current - LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ -char * -DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2985064c..00000000 --- a/intl/explodename.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ -#ifndef NULL -# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ -# define NULL ((void *) 0) -# else -# define NULL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -char * -_nl_find_language (name) - const char *name; -{ - while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' - && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',') - ++name; - - return (char *) name; -} - - -int -_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset, - normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision) - char *name; - const char **language; - const char **modifier; - const char **territory; - const char **codeset; - const char **normalized_codeset; - const char **special; - const char **sponsor; - const char **revision; -{ - enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax; - char *cp; - int mask; - - *modifier = NULL; - *territory = NULL; - *codeset = NULL; - *normalized_codeset = NULL; - *special = NULL; - *sponsor = NULL; - *revision = NULL; - - /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First - look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if - we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ - mask = 0; - syntax = undecided; - *language = cp = name; - cp = _nl_find_language (*language); - - if (*language == cp) - /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use - this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ - cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); - else if (cp[0] == '_') - { - /* Next is the territory. */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *territory = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@' - && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= TERRITORY; - - if (cp[0] == '.') - { - /* Next is the codeset. */ - syntax = xpg; - cp[0] = '\0'; - *codeset = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') - ++cp; - - mask |= XPG_CODESET; - - if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') - { - *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, - cp - *codeset); - if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) - free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); - else - mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; - } - } - } - - if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+')) - { - /* Next is the modifier. */ - syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen; - cp[0] = '\0'; - *modifier = ++cp; - - while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+' - && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE; - } - - if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_')) - { - syntax = cen; - - if (cp[0] == '+') - { - /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *special = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_SPECIAL; - } - - if (cp[0] == ',') - { - /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *sponsor = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_SPONSOR; - } - - if (cp[0] == '_') - { - /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *revision = ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_REVISION; - } - } - - /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the - separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */ - if (syntax == xpg) - { - if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~TERRITORY; - - if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; - - if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER; - } - - return mask; -} diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2f103d55..00000000 --- a/intl/finddomain.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/* Handle list of needed message catalogs - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ -/* List of already loaded domains. */ -static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; - - -/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by - the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently - established bindings. */ -struct loaded_l10nfile * -internal_function -_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding) - const char *dirname; - char *locale; - const char *domainname; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; - const char *language; - const char *modifier; - const char *territory; - const char *codeset; - const char *normalized_codeset; - const char *special; - const char *sponsor; - const char *revision; - const char *alias_value; - int mask; - - /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: - - language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] - - and six parts for the CEN syntax: - - language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]] - - Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If - the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are - looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to - the following order: - (1) revision - (2) sponsor - (3) special - (4) codeset - (5) normalized codeset - (6) territory - (7) audience/modifier - */ - - /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to - be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ - retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, - strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, - NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); - if (retval != NULL) - { - /* We know something about this locale. */ - int cnt; - - if (retval->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); - - if (retval->data != NULL) - return retval; - - for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); - - if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) - break; - } - return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL; - /* NOTREACHED */ - } - - /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value - *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is - done. */ - alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); - if (alias_value != NULL) - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - locale = strdup (alias_value); - if (locale == NULL) - return NULL; -#else - size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; - locale = (char *) malloc (len); - if (locale == NULL) - return NULL; - - memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); -#endif - } - - /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First - look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if - we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ - mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, - &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special, - &sponsor, &revision); - - /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in - generalization. */ - retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, - strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, - codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, domainname, 1); - if (retval == NULL) - /* This means we are out of core. */ - return NULL; - - if (retval->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); - if (retval->data == NULL) - { - int cnt; - for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); - if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) - break; - } - } - - /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ - if (alias_value != NULL) - free (locale); - - /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ - if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) - free ((void *) normalized_codeset); - - return retval; -} - - -#ifdef _LIBC -static void __attribute__ ((unused)) -free_mem (void) -{ - struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; - - while (runp != NULL) - { - struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; - if (runp->data != NULL) - _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); - runp = runp->next; - free ((char *) here->filename); - free (here); - } -} - -text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); -#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 22a6c245..00000000 --- a/intl/gettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# define __need_NULL -# include -#else -# include /* Just for NULL. */ -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define GETTEXT __gettext -# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext -#else -# define GETTEXT gettext__ -# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -char * -GETTEXT (msgid) - const char *msgid; -{ - return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.h b/intl/gettext.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6f5d7605..00000000 --- a/intl/gettext.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETTEXT_H -#define _GETTEXT_H 1 - -#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC -# include -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ -#define _MAGIC 0x950412de -#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 - -/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ -#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 - -/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor - to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An - alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but - as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work - when cross-compiling. */ - -#if __STDC__ -# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U -#else -# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF -#endif - -/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. - This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because - that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems - (that certainly have ) have 64+-bit integral types. */ - -#ifndef UINT_MAX -# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS -#endif - -#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned nls_uint32; -#else -# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; -# else -# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; -# else - /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is - not portable enough. */ - "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." -# endif -# endif -#endif - - -/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ -struct mo_file_header -{ - /* The magic number. */ - nls_uint32 magic; - /* The revision number of the file format. */ - nls_uint32 revision; - /* The number of strings pairs. */ - nls_uint32 nstrings; - /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ - nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; - /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */ - nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; - /* Size of hashing table. */ - nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; - /* Offset of first hashing entry. */ - nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; -}; - -struct string_desc -{ - /* Length of addressed string. */ - nls_uint32 length; - /* Offset of string in file. */ - nls_uint32 offset; -}; - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -#endif /* gettext.h */ diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h deleted file mode 100644 index 43de1cd4..00000000 --- a/intl/gettextP.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,252 +0,0 @@ -/* Header describing internals of libintl library. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H -#define _GETTEXTP_H - -#include /* Get size_t. */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV -# include -# endif -#endif - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is - almost always true or almost always false. */ -#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT -# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) -#endif - -#ifndef W -# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) -#endif - - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) -#else -static inline nls_uint32 -SWAP (i) - nls_uint32 i; -{ - return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); -} -#endif - - -/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the - plural form. */ -struct expression -{ - int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ - enum operator - { - /* Without arguments: */ - var, /* The variable "n". */ - num, /* Decimal number. */ - /* Unary operators: */ - lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ - /* Binary operators: */ - mult, /* Multiplication. */ - divide, /* Division. */ - module, /* Module operation. */ - plus, /* Addition. */ - minus, /* Subtraction. */ - less_than, /* Comparison. */ - greater_than, /* Comparison. */ - less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ - greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ - equal, /* Comparision for equality. */ - not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */ - land, /* Logical AND. */ - lor, /* Logical OR. */ - /* Ternary operators: */ - qmop /* Question mark operator. */ - } operation; - union - { - unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ - struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ - } val; -}; - -/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get - the result in a thread-safe way. */ -struct parse_args -{ - const char *cp; - struct expression *res; -}; - - -/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ -struct loaded_domain -{ - const char *data; - int use_mmap; - size_t mmap_size; - int must_swap; - nls_uint32 nstrings; - struct string_desc *orig_tab; - struct string_desc *trans_tab; - nls_uint32 hash_size; - nls_uint32 *hash_tab; - int codeset_cntr; -#ifdef _LIBC - __gconv_t conv; -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - iconv_t conv; -# endif -#endif - char **conv_tab; - - struct expression *plural; - unsigned long int nplurals; -}; - -/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C - doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define ZERO 0 -#else -# define ZERO 1 -#endif - -/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings - from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ -struct binding -{ - struct binding *next; - char *dirname; - int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */ - char *codeset; - char domainname[ZERO]; -}; - -/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations - become invalid. - This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ -extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - -struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname, - char *__locale, - const char *__domainname, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) - internal_function; -const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file, - struct loaded_domain *__domain, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) - internal_function; - -char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, - struct binding *domainbinding, - const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp)) - internal_function; - -#ifdef _LIBC -extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid, int __category)); -extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); -extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int n)); -extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, int __category)); -extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - int __plural, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); -extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); -extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); -extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)); -#else -extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); -extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid)); -extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid, int __category)); -extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); -extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); -extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, int __category)); -extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - int __plural, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); -extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); -extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); -extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)); -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) - internal_function; -extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg)); -#else -extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) - internal_function; -extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg)); -#endif - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -#endif /* gettextP.h */ diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h deleted file mode 100644 index ccb7acca..00000000 --- a/intl/hash-string.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(Args) Args -# else -# define PARAMS(Args) () -# endif -#endif - -/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ -#define HASHWORDBITS 32 - - -/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger - [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, - 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ -static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param)); - -static inline unsigned long int -hash_string (str_param) - const char *str_param; -{ - unsigned long int hval, g; - const char *str = str_param; - - /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ - hval = 0; - while (*str != '\0') - { - hval <<= 4; - hval += (unsigned long int) *str++; - g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); - if (g != 0) - { - hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); - hval ^= g; - } - } - return hval; -} diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0a06ce94..00000000 --- a/intl/intl-compat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ -/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext - Library. - Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include "libgnuintl.h" -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to - those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix). - It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is - configured --with-included-gettext. - - This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or - the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions. - If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to - libgnuintl.h of the following form: - -# define gettext gettext__ -# define dgettext dgettext__ -# define dcgettext dcgettext__ -# define ngettext ngettext__ -# define dngettext dngettext__ -# define dcngettext dcngettext__ -# define textdomain textdomain__ -# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__ -# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__ - - How does this redirection work? There are two cases. - A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because - functions defined in the executable always override functions in - the shared libraries. - B. When libintl.so is used, it works because - 1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library - (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are - ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly - letting other shared libraries override it. - 2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone - libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this - shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib - *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed. - - A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library - whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on - Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library - containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override - the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough - to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker - command line. */ - - -#undef gettext -#undef dgettext -#undef dcgettext -#undef ngettext -#undef dngettext -#undef dcngettext -#undef textdomain -#undef bindtextdomain -#undef bind_textdomain_codeset - - -char * -gettext (msgid) - const char *msgid; -{ - return gettext__ (msgid); -} - - -char * -dgettext (domainname, msgid) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; -{ - return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid); -} - - -char * -dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; - int category; -{ - return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category); -} - - -char * -ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n); -} - - -char * -dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); -} - - -char * -dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ - return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); -} - - -char * -textdomain (domainname) - const char *domainname; -{ - return textdomain__ (domainname); -} - - -char * -bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ - return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname); -} - - -char * -bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset) - const char *domainname; - const char *codeset; -{ - return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset); -} diff --git a/intl/intlh.inst.in b/intl/intlh.inst.in deleted file mode 100644 index 62d323cd..00000000 --- a/intl/intlh.inst.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* Message catalogs for internationalization. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBINTL_H -#define _LIBINTL_H 1 - -@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ - -/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU - implementation of gettext. */ -#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, - int __category)); - - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); - - -/* Optimized version of the functions above. */ -#if defined __OPTIMIZED -/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the - `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return - false. */ - -# define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid) - -# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ - dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) - -# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) -/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign, - whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all - translations. */ -extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - -# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \ - (__extension__ \ - ({ \ - char *__result; \ - if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \ - { \ - static char *__translation__; \ - static int __catalog_counter__; \ - if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ - { \ - __translation__ = \ - (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ - } \ - __result = __translation__; \ - } \ - else \ - __result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - __result; \ - })) -# endif -#endif /* Optimizing. */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c deleted file mode 100644 index 533e94be..00000000 --- a/intl/l10nflist.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,405 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). - This must come before because may include - , and once has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC -# ifndef strchr -# define strchr index -# endif -#endif - -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H -# include -#endif -#include -#include -#include - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ -#ifndef NULL -# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ -# define NULL ((void *) 0) -# else -# define NULL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# ifndef stpcpy -# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) -# endif -#else -# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); -# endif -#endif - -/* Define function which are usually not available. */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT -/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ -static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len)); - -static size_t -argz_count__ (argz, len) - const char *argz; - size_t len; -{ - size_t count = 0; - while (len > 0) - { - size_t part_len = strlen (argz); - argz += part_len + 1; - len -= part_len + 1; - count++; - } - return count; -} -# undef __argz_count -# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY -/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's - except the last into the character SEP. */ -static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep)); - -static void -argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) - char *argz; - size_t len; - int sep; -{ - while (len > 0) - { - size_t part_len = strlen (argz); - argz += part_len; - len -= part_len + 1; - if (len > 0) - *argz++ = sep; - } -} -# undef __argz_stringify -# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT -static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len, - const char *entry)); - -static char * -argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) - char *argz; - size_t argz_len; - const char *entry; -{ - if (entry) - { - if (entry < argz + argz_len) - entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; - - return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; - } - else - if (argz_len > 0) - return argz; - else - return 0; -} -# undef __argz_next -# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */ - - -/* Return number of bits set in X. */ -static int pop PARAMS ((int x)); - -static inline int -pop (x) - int x; -{ - /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ - x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); - x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); - x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; - x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; - - return x; -} - - -struct loaded_l10nfile * -_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, - territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate) - struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list; - const char *dirlist; - size_t dirlist_len; - int mask; - const char *language; - const char *territory; - const char *codeset; - const char *normalized_codeset; - const char *modifier; - const char *special; - const char *sponsor; - const char *revision; - const char *filename; - int do_allocate; -{ - char *abs_filename; - struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL; - struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; - char *cp; - size_t entries; - int cnt; - - /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ - abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len - + strlen (language) - + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0 - ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 - ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 - ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) - + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 - || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0) - ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0 - ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0) - + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 - || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) - ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 - ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0 - ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0) - + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); - - if (abs_filename == NULL) - return NULL; - - retval = NULL; - last = NULL; - - /* Construct file name. */ - memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len); - __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); - cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1); - *cp++ = '/'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, language); - - if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '_'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); - } - if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '.'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); - } - if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '.'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); - } - if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0) - { - /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different - leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */ - *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); - } - if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '+'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, special); - } - if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0) - { - *cp++ = ','; - if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0) - cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor); - if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '_'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, revision); - } - } - - *cp++ = '/'; - stpcpy (cp, filename); - - /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already - available. */ - last = NULL; - for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) - if (retval->filename != NULL) - { - int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It's not in the list. */ - retval = NULL; - break; - } - - last = retval; - } - - if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) - { - free (abs_filename); - return retval; - } - - retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *) - malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) - * (1 << pop (mask)) - * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); - if (retval == NULL) - return NULL; - - retval->filename = abs_filename; - retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1 - || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 - && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); - retval->data = NULL; - - if (last == NULL) - { - retval->next = *l10nfile_list; - *l10nfile_list = retval; - } - else - { - retval->next = last->next; - last->next = retval; - } - - entries = 0; - /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to - a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism - of the inner loop. */ - cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask; - for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt) - if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 - && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0) - && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0)) - { - /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ - char *dir = NULL; - - while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) - != NULL) - retval->successor[entries++] - = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt, - language, territory, codeset, - normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, filename, 1); - } - retval->successor[entries] = NULL; - - return retval; -} - -/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset - names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common - names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be - freed by the caller. */ -const char * -_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) - const char *codeset; - size_t name_len; -{ - int len = 0; - int only_digit = 1; - char *retval; - char *wp; - size_t cnt; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) - if (isalnum (codeset[cnt])) - { - ++len; - - if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) - only_digit = 0; - } - - retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); - - if (retval != NULL) - { - if (only_digit) - wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); - else - wp = retval; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) - if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) - *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]); - else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt])) - *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; - - *wp = '\0'; - } - - return (const char *) retval; -} - - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we - avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this - function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY - to be defined. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; -{ - while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') - /* Do nothing. */ ; - return dest - 1; -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/libgettext.h b/intl/libgettext.h deleted file mode 100644 index c5be54a8..00000000 --- a/intl/libgettext.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU . - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H -#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1 - -/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */ -#if ENABLE_NLS - -/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */ -# include - -#else - -# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid) -# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid) -# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid) -# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ - ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) -# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ - ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) -# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \ - ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) -# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname)) -# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname)) -# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset)) - -#endif - -/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real - translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */ -#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str) - -#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */ diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h b/intl/libgnuintl.h deleted file mode 100644 index f891deb9..00000000 --- a/intl/libgnuintl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/* Message catalogs for internationalization. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBINTL_H -#define _LIBINTL_H 1 - -#include - -/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions - gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. - On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. - On Solaris, defines __LOCALE_H then includes (i.e. - this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition - warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */ -#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H -# define LC_MESSAGES 1729 -#endif - -/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU - implementation of gettext. */ -#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 - -/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes - precedence over _conio_gettext. */ -#ifdef __DJGPP__ -# undef gettext -# define gettext gettext -#endif - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, - int __category)); - - -/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); - -/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)); - -/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); - - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); - -/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the - DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ -extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)); - - -/* Optimized version of the functions above. */ -#if defined __OPTIMIZED -/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */ - -# define gettext(msgid) \ - dgettext (NULL, msgid) - -# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ - dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) - -# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \ - dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n) - -# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \ - dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES) - -#endif /* Optimizing. */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/libintl.glibc b/intl/libintl.glibc deleted file mode 100644 index 8e5b8f9e..00000000 --- a/intl/libintl.glibc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* libgettext.h -- Message catalogs for internationalization. -Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This file is part of the GNU C Library. -Contributed by Ulrich Drepper. -This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package. - -The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as -published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the -License, or (at your option) any later version. - -The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -Library General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If -not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBINTL_H -#define _LIBINTL_H 1 -#include - -#include - -#define __need_NULL -#include - -/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU - implementation of gettext. */ -#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 - -__BEGIN_DECLS - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid, int __category)); -extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid, int __category)); - - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname)); -extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname)); - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__dirname)); -extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__dirname)); - - -/* Optimized version of the function above. */ -#if defined __OPTIMIZED -/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the - `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return - false. */ - -# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid) - -# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ - dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) - -# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) -# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \ - (__extension__ \ - ({ \ - char *result; \ - if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \ - { \ - extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ - static char *__translation__; \ - static int __catalog_counter__; \ - if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ - { \ - __translation__ = \ - __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ - } \ - result = __translation__; \ - } \ - else \ - result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - result; \ - })) -# endif -#endif /* Optimizing. */ - - -__END_DECLS - -#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/linux-msg.sed b/intl/linux-msg.sed deleted file mode 100644 index 5918e720..00000000 --- a/intl/linux-msg.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file -# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Ulrich Drepper , 1995. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -# -# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the -# message set number. We use always set number 1. -# -1 { - i\ -$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed - h - s/.*/0/ - x -} -# -# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments. -# -# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file. -# -/^msgid/ { - s/msgid[ ]*"// -# -# This does not work now with the new format. -# /"$/! { -# s/\\$// -# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/ -# } - x -# The following nice solution is by -# Bruno - td -# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. -# First hide trailing `9' digits. - :d - s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ - td -# Assure at least one digit is available. - s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ -# Increment the last digit. - s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ - s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ - s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ - s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ - s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ - s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ - s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ - s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ - s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ -# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. - s/_/0/g - x - G - s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p -} -# -# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations -# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for -# each message we assign them to the messages. -# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file -# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order -# of declarations must not be changed.) -# -/^msgstr/ { - s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/ -# Clear substitution flag. - tb -# Append the next line. - :b - N -# Look whether second part is continuation line. - s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/ -# Yes, then branch. - ta - P - D -# Note that D includes a jump to the start!! -# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. - :a - s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ - P -# We cannot use D here. - s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ - tb -} -d diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h deleted file mode 100644 index b8612607..00000000 --- a/intl/loadinfo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1996. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LOADINFO_H -#define _LOADINFO_H 1 - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is - almost always true or almost always false. */ -#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT -# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) -#endif - -/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' -#else - /* Unix */ -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' -#endif - -/* Encoding of locale name parts. */ -#define CEN_REVISION 1 -#define CEN_SPONSOR 2 -#define CEN_SPECIAL 4 -#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8 -#define XPG_CODESET 16 -#define TERRITORY 32 -#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64 -#define XPG_MODIFIER 128 - -#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE) -#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER) - - -struct loaded_l10nfile -{ - const char *filename; - int decided; - - const void *data; - - struct loaded_l10nfile *next; - struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; -}; - - -/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset - names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common - names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be - freed by the caller. */ -extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset, - size_t name_len)); - -extern struct loaded_l10nfile * -_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, - const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, - const char *language, const char *territory, - const char *codeset, - const char *normalized_codeset, - const char *modifier, const char *special, - const char *sponsor, const char *revision, - const char *filename, int do_allocate)); - - -extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); - -/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by - the caller. */ -extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language, - const char **modifier, - const char **territory, - const char **codeset, - const char **normalized_codeset, - const char **special, - const char **sponsor, - const char **revision)); - -extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name)); - -#endif /* loadinfo.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c deleted file mode 100644 index f99ebee3..00000000 --- a/intl/loadmsgcat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,567 +0,0 @@ -/* Load needed message catalogs. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before because may include - , and once has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include -#include - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -# include -#endif - -#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ - || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) -# include -# undef HAVE_MMAP -# define HAVE_MMAP 1 -#else -# undef HAVE_MMAP -#endif - -#include "gettext.h" -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define open __open -# define close __close -# define read __read -# define mmap __mmap -# define munmap __munmap -#endif - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse -#else -# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__ -#endif - -/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -# define freea(p) /* nothing */ -#else -# define alloca(n) malloc (n) -# define freea(p) free (p) -#endif - -/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. - O_BINARY is usually declared in . */ -#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY - /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ -# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY -# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT -#endif -#ifdef __BEOS__ - /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ -# undef O_BINARY -# undef O_TEXT -#endif -/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ -#ifndef O_BINARY -# define O_BINARY 0 -#endif - -/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated - with all translations. This is important if the translations are - cached by one of GCC's features. */ -int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - -#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \ - || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) - -/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural - form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ -static const struct expression plvar = -{ - .nargs = 0, - .operation = var, -}; -static const struct expression plone = -{ - .nargs = 0, - .operation = num, - .val = - { - .num = 1 - } -}; -static struct expression germanic_plural = -{ - .nargs = 2, - .operation = not_equal, - .val = - { - .args = - { - [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, - [1] = (struct expression *) &plone - } - } -}; - -# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() - -#else - -/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: - Initialization at run-time. */ - -static struct expression plvar; -static struct expression plone; -static struct expression germanic_plural; - -static void -init_germanic_plural () -{ - if (plone.val.num == 0) - { - plvar.nargs = 0; - plvar.operation = var; - - plone.nargs = 0; - plone.operation = num; - plone.val.num = 1; - - germanic_plural.nargs = 2; - germanic_plural.operation = not_equal; - germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar; - germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone; - } -} - -# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () - -#endif - - -/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. - Return the header entry. */ -const char * -internal_function -_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct loaded_domain *domain; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. - This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this - entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset=' - information, we will assume the charset matches the one the - current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ - char *nullentry; - size_t nullentrylen; - - /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */ - domain->codeset_cntr = - (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0); -#ifdef _LIBC - domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1; -# endif -#endif - domain->conv_tab = NULL; - - /* Get the header entry. */ - nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen); - - if (nullentry != NULL) - { -#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV - const char *charsetstr; - - charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); - if (charsetstr != NULL) - { - size_t len; - char *charset; - const char *outcharset; - - charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); - len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); - - charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); -# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY - *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; -# else - memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); - charset[len] = '\0'; -# endif - - /* The output charset should normally be determined by the - locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly - set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override - this. Moreover, the value specified through - bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ - if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) - outcharset = domainbinding->codeset; - else - { - outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); - if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0') - { -# ifdef _LIBC - outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string; -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - extern const char *locale_charset (void); - outcharset = locale_charset (); -# endif -# endif - } - } - -# ifdef _LIBC - /* We always want to use transliteration. */ - outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); - charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL); - if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv, - GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV) - != __GCONV_OK) - domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration. */ -# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 - len = strlen (outcharset); - { - char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); - memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); - memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); - outcharset = tmp; - } -# endif - domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); -# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 - freea (outcharset); -# endif -# endif -# endif - - freea (charset); - } -#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ - } - - return nullentry; -} - -/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */ -void -internal_function -_nl_free_domain_conv (domain) - struct loaded_domain *domain; -{ - if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1) - free (domain->conv_tab); - -#ifdef _LIBC - if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) - __gconv_close (domain->conv); -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1) - iconv_close (domain->conv); -# endif -#endif -} - -/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid - message catalog do nothing. */ -void -internal_function -_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - int fd; - size_t size; -#ifdef _LIBC - struct stat64 st; -#else - struct stat st; -#endif - struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; - int use_mmap = 0; - struct loaded_domain *domain; - const char *nullentry; - - domain_file->decided = 1; - domain_file->data = NULL; - - /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file - because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after - a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ - - /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME - might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given - specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN - syntax. */ - if (domain_file->filename == NULL) - return; - - /* Try to open the addressed file. */ - fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); - if (fd == -1) - return; - - /* We must know about the size of the file. */ - if ( -#ifdef _LIBC - __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) -#else - __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) -#endif - || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) - || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) - { - /* Something went wrong. */ - close (fd); - return; - } - -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try - this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ - data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, - MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); - - if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) - { - /* mmap() call was successful. */ - close (fd); - use_mmap = 1; - } -#endif - - /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load - it manually. */ - if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) - { - size_t to_read; - char *read_ptr; - - data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); - if (data == NULL) - return; - - to_read = size; - read_ptr = (char *) data; - do - { - long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); - if (nb <= 0) - { -#ifdef EINTR - if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) - continue; -#endif - close (fd); - return; - } - read_ptr += nb; - to_read -= nb; - } - while (to_read > 0); - - close (fd); - } - - /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message - catalog file. */ - if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, - 0)) - { - /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - if (use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); - else -#endif - free (data); - return; - } - - domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); - if (domain == NULL) - return; - domain_file->data = domain; - - domain->data = (char *) data; - domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; - domain->mmap_size = size; - domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; - - /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ - switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision)) - { - case 0: - domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); - domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); - domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); - domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); - domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)); - break; - default: - /* This is an invalid revision. */ -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - if (use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); - else -#endif - free (data); - free (domain); - domain_file->data = NULL; - return; - } - - /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set - the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's - specified character set or the locale's character set. */ - nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); - - /* Also look for a plural specification. */ - if (nullentry != NULL) - { - const char *plural; - const char *nplurals; - - plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); - nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); - if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) - goto no_plural; - else - { - /* First get the number. */ - char *endp; - unsigned long int n; - struct parse_args args; - - nplurals += 9; - while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals)) - ++nplurals; -#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC - n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); -#else - for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) - n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); -#endif - domain->nplurals = n; - if (nplurals == endp) - goto no_plural; - - /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the - scanner function we have to put the input string and the result - passed up from the parser into the same structure which address - is passed down to the parser. */ - plural += 7; - args.cp = plural; - if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) - goto no_plural; - domain->plural = args.res; - } - } - else - { - /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only - for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what - English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ - no_plural: - INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); - domain->plural = &germanic_plural; - domain->nplurals = 2; - } -} - - -#ifdef _LIBC -void -internal_function -_nl_unload_domain (domain) - struct loaded_domain *domain; -{ - if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural) - __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); - - _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); - -# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES - if (domain->use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); - else -# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ - free ((void *) domain->data); - - free (domain); -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c deleted file mode 100644 index 61f8f3e8..00000000 --- a/intl/localcharset.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. - - Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Written by Bruno Haible . */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#if HAVE_STDDEF_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#if HAVE_STRING_H -# include -#else -# include -#endif -#if HAVE_STDLIB_H -# include -#endif - -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ -# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ -# define WIN32 -#endif - -#ifndef WIN32 -# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET -# include -# else -# if HAVE_SETLOCALE -# include -# endif -# endif -#else /* WIN32 */ -# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -# include -#endif - -#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR -# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' -#endif - -#ifndef ISSLASH -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) -#endif - -/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a - possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we - are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize - 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, - and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' - are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ -#if __STDC__ != 1 -# define volatile /* empty */ -#endif -/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been - read, else NULL. Its format is: - ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ -static const char * volatile charset_aliases; - -/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ -static const char * -get_charset_aliases () -{ - const char *cp; - - cp = charset_aliases; - if (cp == NULL) - { -#ifndef WIN32 - FILE *fp; - const char *dir = LIBDIR; - const char *base = "charset.alias"; - char *file_name; - - /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ - { - size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); - size_t base_len = strlen (base); - int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); - file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); - if (file_name != NULL) - { - memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); - if (add_slash) - file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; - memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); - } - } - - if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) - /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ - cp = ""; - else - { - /* Parse the file's contents. */ - int c; - char buf1[50+1]; - char buf2[50+1]; - char *res_ptr = NULL; - size_t res_size = 0; - size_t l1, l2; - - for (;;) - { - c = getc (fp); - if (c == EOF) - break; - if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') - continue; - if (c == '#') - { - /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ - do - c = getc (fp); - while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); - if (c == EOF) - break; - continue; - } - ungetc (c, fp); - if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) - break; - l1 = strlen (buf1); - l2 = strlen (buf2); - if (res_size == 0) - { - res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; - res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1); - } - else - { - res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; - res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); - } - if (res_ptr == NULL) - { - /* Out of memory. */ - res_size = 0; - break; - } - strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); - strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); - } - fclose (fp); - if (res_size == 0) - cp = ""; - else - { - *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; - cp = res_ptr; - } - } - - if (file_name != NULL) - free (file_name); - -#else /* WIN32 */ - - /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same - directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at - runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ - - cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" - "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"; -#endif - - charset_aliases = cp; - } - - return cp; -} - -/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it - into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. - The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. - If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical - name. */ - -#ifdef STATIC -STATIC -#endif -const char * -locale_charset () -{ - const char *codeset; - const char *aliases; - -#ifndef WIN32 - -# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET - - /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ - codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); - -# else - - /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ - const char *locale = NULL; - - /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some - (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't - use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the - locale name the user has set. */ -# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0 - locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); -# endif - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - { - locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - { - locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - locale = getenv ("LANG"); - } - } - - /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, - you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it - through the charset.alias file. */ - codeset = locale; - -# endif - -#else /* WIN32 */ - - static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; - - /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ - sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); - codeset = buf; - -#endif - - if (codeset == NULL) - /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ - codeset = ""; - - /* Resolve alias. */ - for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); - *aliases != '\0'; - aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) - if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 - || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) - { - codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; - break; - } - - return codeset; -} diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias deleted file mode 100644 index bd7b9b31..00000000 --- a/intl/locale.alias +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -# Locale name alias data base. -# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. - -# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of -# the X Window System, which normally can be found in -# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias -# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. -# All entries are case independent. - -# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for -# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share -# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to -# bugs@gnu.org. - -# Packages using this file: - -bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 -croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 -czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 -danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 -dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 -deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 -dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 -eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 -estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 -finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 -français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 -french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 -galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 -galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 -german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 -greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 -hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8 -hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 -hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 -icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 -italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 -japanese ja_JP.eucJP -japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP -ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP -ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP -japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS -korean ko_KR.eucKR -korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR -ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR -lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 -nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 -polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 -portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 -romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 -russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 -slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 -slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 -slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 -spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 -swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 -thai th_TH.TIS-620 -turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c deleted file mode 100644 index 91e7acc9..00000000 --- a/intl/localealias.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,404 +0,0 @@ -/* Handle aliases for locale names. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before because may include - , and once has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include - -#include -#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC -# ifndef strchr -# define strchr index -# endif -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp - -# ifndef mempcpy -# define mempcpy __mempcpy -# endif -# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 - -/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */ -# include - -__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock); -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -# define freea(p) /* nothing */ -#else -# define alloca(n) malloc (n) -# define freea(p) free (p) -#endif - -#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED -# undef fgets -# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) -#endif -#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED -# undef feof -# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) -#endif - - -struct alias_map -{ - const char *alias; - const char *value; -}; - - -static char *string_space; -static size_t string_space_act; -static size_t string_space_max; -static struct alias_map *map; -static size_t nmap; -static size_t maxmap; - - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len)) - internal_function; -static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void)); -static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1, - const struct alias_map *map2)); - - -const char * -_nl_expand_alias (name) - const char *name; -{ - static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; - struct alias_map *retval; - const char *result = NULL; - size_t added; - -#ifdef _LIBC - __libc_lock_lock (lock); -#endif - - do - { - struct alias_map item; - - item.alias = name; - - if (nmap > 0) - retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, - sizeof (struct alias_map), - (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, - const void *)) - ) alias_compare); - else - retval = NULL; - - /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ - if (retval != NULL) - { - result = retval->value; - break; - } - - /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ - added = 0; - while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') - { - const char *start; - - while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) - ++locale_alias_path; - start = locale_alias_path; - - while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' - && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) - ++locale_alias_path; - - if (start < locale_alias_path) - added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); - } - } - while (added != 0); - -#ifdef _LIBC - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); -#endif - - return result; -} - - -static size_t -internal_function -read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) - const char *fname; - int fname_len; -{ - FILE *fp; - char *full_fname; - size_t added; - static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; - - full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); -#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY - mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), - aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); -#else - memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); - memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); -#endif - - fp = fopen (full_fname, "r"); - freea (full_fname); - if (fp == NULL) - return 0; - - added = 0; - while (!feof (fp)) - { - /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because - a) we are only interested in the first two fields - b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not - be that long - */ - char buf[BUFSIZ]; - char *alias; - char *value; - char *cp; - - if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) - /* EOF reached. */ - break; - - /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore - the rest of the line. */ - if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL) - { - char altbuf[BUFSIZ]; - do - if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL) - /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop - will exit at the `feof' test. */ - break; - while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL); - } - - cp = buf; - /* Ignore leading white space. */ - while (isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - - /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ - if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') - { - alias = cp++; - while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - /* Terminate alias name. */ - if (cp[0] != '\0') - *cp++ = '\0'; - - /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ - while (isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - - if (cp[0] != '\0') - { - size_t alias_len; - size_t value_len; - - value = cp++; - while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - /* Terminate value. */ - if (cp[0] == '\n') - { - /* This has to be done to make the following test - for the end of line possible. We are looking for - the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ - *cp++ = '\0'; - *cp = '\n'; - } - else if (cp[0] != '\0') - *cp++ = '\0'; - - if (nmap >= maxmap) - if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) - return added; - - alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; - value_len = strlen (value) + 1; - - if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) - { - /* Increase size of memory pool. */ - size_t new_size = (string_space_max - + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 - ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); - char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); - if (new_pool == NULL) - return added; - - if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) - { - size_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) - { - map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; - map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; - } - } - - string_space = new_pool; - string_space_max = new_size; - } - - map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], - alias, alias_len); - string_space_act += alias_len; - - map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], - value, value_len); - string_space_act += value_len; - - ++nmap; - ++added; - } - } - } - - /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore - errors. --drepper */ - fclose (fp); - - if (added > 0) - qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), - (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare); - - return added; -} - - -static int -extend_alias_table () -{ - size_t new_size; - struct alias_map *new_map; - - new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; - new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size - * sizeof (struct alias_map))); - if (new_map == NULL) - /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ - return -1; - - map = new_map; - maxmap = new_size; - return 0; -} - - -#ifdef _LIBC -static void __attribute__ ((unused)) -free_mem (void) -{ - if (string_space != NULL) - free (string_space); - if (map != NULL) - free (map); -} -text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); -#endif - - -static int -alias_compare (map1, map2) - const struct alias_map *map1; - const struct alias_map *map2; -{ -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP - return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); -#else - const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; - const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; - unsigned char c1, c2; - - if (p1 == p2) - return 0; - - do - { - /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in - some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ - c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; - c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; - if (c1 == '\0') - break; - ++p1; - ++p2; - } - while (c1 == c2); - - return c1 - c2; -#endif -} diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index fb3ec5a9..00000000 --- a/intl/ngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# define __need_NULL -# include -#else -# include /* Just for NULL. */ -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -#include - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define NGETTEXT __ngettext -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -#else -# define NGETTEXT ngettext__ -# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -char * -NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c deleted file mode 100644 index 640d43cc..00000000 --- a/intl/plural.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1326 +0,0 @@ - -/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y - by GNU Bison version 1.28 */ - -#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ - -#define yyparse __gettextparse -#define yylex __gettextlex -#define yyerror __gettexterror -#define yylval __gettextlval -#define yychar __gettextchar -#define yydebug __gettextdebug -#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs -#define EQUOP2 257 -#define CMPOP2 258 -#define ADDOP2 259 -#define MULOP2 260 -#define NUMBER 261 - -#line 1 "plural.y" - -/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this - declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's - skeleton file comes too late. This must come before - because may include arbitrary system headers. */ -#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ - #pragma alloca -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp -#else -# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__ -# define __gettextparse gettextparse__ -#endif - -#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp -#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg - -#line 53 "plural.y" -typedef union { - unsigned long int num; - enum operator op; - struct expression *exp; -} YYSTYPE; -#line 59 "plural.y" - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, - struct expression * const *args)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *right)); -static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *left, - struct expression *right)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *bexp, - struct expression *tbranch, - struct expression *fbranch)); -static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); -static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); - -/* Allocation of expressions. */ - -static struct expression * -new_exp (nargs, op, args) - int nargs; - enum operator op; - struct expression * const *args; -{ - int i; - struct expression *newp; - - /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - if (args[i] == NULL) - goto fail; - - /* Allocate a new expression. */ - newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->nargs = nargs; - newp->operation = op; - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; - return newp; - } - - fail: - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); - - return NULL; -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_0 (op) - enum operator op; -{ - return new_exp (0, op, NULL); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_1 (op, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[1]; - - args[0] = right; - return new_exp (1, op, args); -} - -static struct expression * -new_exp_2 (op, left, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *left; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[2]; - - args[0] = left; - args[1] = right; - return new_exp (2, op, args); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) - enum operator op; - struct expression *bexp; - struct expression *tbranch; - struct expression *fbranch; -{ - struct expression *args[3]; - - args[0] = bexp; - args[1] = tbranch; - args[2] = fbranch; - return new_exp (3, op, args); -} - -#include - -#ifndef __cplusplus -#ifndef __STDC__ -#define const -#endif -#endif - - - -#define YYFINAL 27 -#define YYFLAG -32768 -#define YYNTBASE 16 - -#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18) - -static const char yytranslate[] = { 0, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14, - 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9, - 11 -}; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 -static const short yyprhs[] = { 0, - 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35, - 37, 39 -}; - -static const short yyrhs[] = { 17, - 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17, - 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17, - 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17, - 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17, - 15, 0 -}; - -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 -static const short yyrline[] = { 0, - 178, 186, 190, 194, 198, 202, 206, 210, 214, 218, - 222, 227 -}; -#endif - - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) - -static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'", -"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'", -"start","exp", NULL -}; -#endif - -static const short yyr1[] = { 0, - 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, - 17, 17 -}; - -static const short yyr2[] = { 0, - 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, - 1, 3 -}; - -static const short yydefact[] = { 0, - 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, - 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0 -}; - -static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25, - 5 -}; - -static const short yypact[] = { -9, - -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9, - -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26, - -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768 -}; - -static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768, - -1 -}; - - -#define YYLAST 53 - - -static const short yytable[] = { 6, - 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, - 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, - 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11, - 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11, - 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12, - 13, 14, 27 -}; - -static const short yycheck[] = { 1, - 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11, - 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, - 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6, - 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6, - 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7, - 8, 9, 0 -}; -#define YYPURE 1 - -/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ -#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" -/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */ - -/* Skeleton output parser for bison, - Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a - Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. - This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation - in version 1.24 of Bison. */ - -/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser - when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. - It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser - used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ - -#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#ifdef alloca -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#else /* alloca not defined */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#define alloca __builtin_alloca -#else /* not GNU C. */ -#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386)) -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#include -#else /* not sparc */ -/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */ -/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea - since that symbol is in the user namespace. */ -#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__) -#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace; - instead, just don't use alloca. */ -#include -#endif -#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ -#if defined(_AIX) -/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace. - So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */ -/* #include */ - #pragma alloca -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */ -#if 0 -#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up, - and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */ -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#define alloca __builtin_alloca -#endif /* __hpux */ -#endif -#endif /* not _AIX */ -#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ -#endif /* not sparc */ -#endif /* not GNU C */ -#endif /* alloca not defined */ -#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */ - -#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca -#else -#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc -#endif - -/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file. - It is replaced by the list of actions, each action - as one case of the switch. */ - -#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) -#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) -#define YYEMPTY -2 -#define YYEOF 0 -#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab -#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab -#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1 -/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. - This remains here temporarily to ease the - transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. - Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ -#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab -#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) -#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \ -do \ - if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ - { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \ - yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ - YYPOPSTACK; \ - goto yybackup; \ - } \ - else \ - { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \ -while (0) - -#define YYTERROR 1 -#define YYERRCODE 256 - -#ifndef YYPURE -#define YYLEX yylex() -#endif - -#ifdef YYPURE -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED -#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) -#else -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc) -#endif -#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */ -#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) -#else -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval) -#endif -#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */ -#endif - -/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */ - -#ifndef YYPURE - -int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */ -YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */ - /* lookahead symbol */ - -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED -YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */ - /* symbol */ -#endif - -int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */ -#endif /* not YYPURE */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 -int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */ -/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers - from coexisting. */ -#endif - -/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */ - -#ifndef YYINITDEPTH -#define YYINITDEPTH 200 -#endif - -/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to - (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */ - -#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0 -#undef YYMAXDEPTH -#endif - -#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH -#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 -#endif - -/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument - should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC - definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg - of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */ - -#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */ -#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) -#else /* not GNU C or C++ */ -#ifndef __cplusplus - -/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities - in available built-in functions on various systems. */ -static void -__yy_memcpy (to, from, count) - char *to; - char *from; - unsigned int count; -{ - register char *f = from; - register char *t = to; - register int i = count; - - while (i-- > 0) - *t++ = *f++; -} - -#else /* __cplusplus */ - -/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities - in available built-in functions on various systems. */ -static void -__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count) -{ - register char *t = to; - register char *f = from; - register int i = count; - - while (i-- > 0) - *t++ = *f++; -} - -#endif -#endif - -#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" - -/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed - into yyparse. The argument should have type void *. - It should actually point to an object. - Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it - to the proper pointer type. */ - -#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM -#ifdef __cplusplus -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -#else /* not __cplusplus */ -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM; -#endif /* not __cplusplus */ -#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */ -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */ - -/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM -int yyparse (void *); -#else -int yyparse (void); -#endif -#endif - -int -yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) - YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -{ - register int yystate; - register int yyn; - register short *yyssp; - register YYSTYPE *yyvsp; - int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */ - int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */ - - short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */ - YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */ - - short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */ - YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */ - -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */ - YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa; - YYLTYPE *yylsp; - -#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--) -#else -#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--) -#endif - - int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; - int yyfree_stacks = 0; - -#ifdef YYPURE - int yychar; - YYSTYPE yylval; - int yynerrs; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE yylloc; -#endif -#endif - - YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */ - /* semantic values from the action */ - /* routines */ - - int yylen; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n"); -#endif - - yystate = 0; - yyerrstatus = 0; - yynerrs = 0; - yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ - - /* Initialize stack pointers. - Waste one element of value and location stack - so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. - The wasted elements are never initialized. */ - - yyssp = yyss - 1; - yyvsp = yyvs; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp = yyls; -#endif - -/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */ -/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks - have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ -yynewstate: - - *++yyssp = yystate; - - if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) - { - /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */ - /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */ - YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; - short *yyss1 = yyss; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; -#endif - - /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ - int size = yyssp - yyss + 1; - -#ifdef yyoverflow - /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of - the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, - but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ - yyoverflow("parser stack overflow", - &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp), - &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp), - &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp), - &yystacksize); -#else - yyoverflow("parser stack overflow", - &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp), - &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp), - &yystacksize); -#endif - - yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yyls = yyls1; -#endif -#else /* no yyoverflow */ - /* Extend the stack our own way. */ - if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH) - { - yyerror("parser stack overflow"); - if (yyfree_stacks) - { - free (yyss); - free (yyvs); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - free (yyls); -#endif - } - return 2; - } - yystacksize *= 2; - if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH) - yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; -#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA - yyfree_stacks = 1; -#endif - yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp)); - __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1, - size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp)); - yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp)); - __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1, - size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp)); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp)); - __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1, - size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp)); -#endif -#endif /* no yyoverflow */ - - yyssp = yyss + size - 1; - yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp = yyls + size - 1; -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize); -#endif - - if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) - YYABORT; - } - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate); -#endif - - goto yybackup; - yybackup: - -/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ -/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ -/* yyresume: */ - - /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ - - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yydefault; - - /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ - - /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF - or a valid token in external form. */ - - if (yychar == YYEMPTY) - { -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: "); -#endif - yychar = YYLEX; - } - - /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */ - - if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ - { - yychar1 = 0; - yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"); -#endif - } - else - { - yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar); - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); - /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning - of a token, for further debugging info. */ -#ifdef YYPRINT - YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval); -#endif - fprintf (stderr, ")\n"); - } -#endif - } - - yyn += yychar1; - if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1) - goto yydefault; - - yyn = yytable[yyn]; - - /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state. - Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number. - Positive => shift, yyn is new state. - New state is final state => don't bother to shift, - just return success. - 0, or most negative number => error. */ - - if (yyn < 0) - { - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrlab; - yyn = -yyn; - goto yyreduce; - } - else if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrlab; - - if (yyn == YYFINAL) - YYACCEPT; - - /* Shift the lookahead token. */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); -#endif - - /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ - if (yychar != YYEOF) - yychar = YYEMPTY; - - *++yyvsp = yylval; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - *++yylsp = yylloc; -#endif - - /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */ - if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--; - - yystate = yyn; - goto yynewstate; - -/* Do the default action for the current state. */ -yydefault: - - yyn = yydefact[yystate]; - if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrlab; - -/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ -yyreduce: - yylen = yyr2[yyn]; - if (yylen > 0) - yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - int i; - - fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", - yyn, yyrline[yyn]); - - /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ - for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++) - fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]); - fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]); - } -#endif - - - switch (yyn) { - -case 1: -#line 179 "plural.y" -{ - if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) - YYABORT; - ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp; - ; - break;} -case 2: -#line 187 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 3: -#line 191 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 4: -#line 195 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 5: -#line 199 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 6: -#line 203 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 7: -#line 207 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 8: -#line 211 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 9: -#line 215 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 10: -#line 219 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); - ; - break;} -case 11: -#line 223 "plural.y" -{ - if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) - yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; - ; - break;} -case 12: -#line 228 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; - ; - break;} -} - /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */ -#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" - - yyvsp -= yylen; - yyssp -= yylen; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp -= yylen; -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - short *ssp1 = yyss - 1; - fprintf (stderr, "state stack now"); - while (ssp1 != yyssp) - fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); - fprintf (stderr, "\n"); - } -#endif - - *++yyvsp = yyval; - -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp++; - if (yylen == 0) - { - yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line; - yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column; - yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line; - yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column; - yylsp->text = 0; - } - else - { - yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line; - yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column; - } -#endif - - /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction. - Determine what state that goes to, - based on the state we popped back to - and the rule number reduced by. */ - - yyn = yyr1[yyn]; - - yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp; - if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) - yystate = yytable[yystate]; - else - yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE]; - - goto yynewstate; - -yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */ - - if (! yyerrstatus) - /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ - { - ++yynerrs; - -#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - - if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST) - { - int size = 0; - char *msg; - int x, count; - - count = 0; - /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */ - for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0); - x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) - if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x) - size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++; - msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15); - if (msg != 0) - { - strcpy(msg, "parse error"); - - if (count < 5) - { - count = 0; - for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0); - x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) - if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x) - { - strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `"); - strcat(msg, yytname[x]); - strcat(msg, "'"); - count++; - } - } - yyerror(msg); - free(msg); - } - else - yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded"); - } - else -#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */ - yyerror("parse error"); - } - - goto yyerrlab1; -yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */ - - if (yyerrstatus == 3) - { - /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */ - - /* return failure if at end of input */ - if (yychar == YYEOF) - YYABORT; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); -#endif - - yychar = YYEMPTY; - } - - /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token - after shifting the error token. */ - - yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ - - goto yyerrhandle; - -yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */ - -#if 0 - /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens - should shift them. */ - yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/ - if (yyn) goto yydefault; -#endif - -yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */ - - if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT; - yyvsp--; - yystate = *--yyssp; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp--; -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - short *ssp1 = yyss - 1; - fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); - while (ssp1 != yyssp) - fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); - fprintf (stderr, "\n"); - } -#endif - -yyerrhandle: - - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrdefault; - - yyn += YYTERROR; - if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR) - goto yyerrdefault; - - yyn = yytable[yyn]; - if (yyn < 0) - { - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrpop; - yyn = -yyn; - goto yyreduce; - } - else if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrpop; - - if (yyn == YYFINAL) - YYACCEPT; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, "); -#endif - - *++yyvsp = yylval; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - *++yylsp = yylloc; -#endif - - yystate = yyn; - goto yynewstate; - - yyacceptlab: - /* YYACCEPT comes here. */ - if (yyfree_stacks) - { - free (yyss); - free (yyvs); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - free (yyls); -#endif - } - return 0; - - yyabortlab: - /* YYABORT comes here. */ - if (yyfree_stacks) - { - free (yyss); - free (yyvs); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - free (yyls); -#endif - } - return 1; -} -#line 233 "plural.y" - - -void -internal_function -FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) - struct expression *exp; -{ - if (exp == NULL) - return; - - /* Handle the recursive case. */ - switch (exp->nargs) - { - case 3: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 2: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 1: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - default: - break; - } - - free (exp); -} - - -static int -yylex (lval, pexp) - YYSTYPE *lval; - const char **pexp; -{ - const char *exp = *pexp; - int result; - - while (1) - { - if (exp[0] == '\0') - { - *pexp = exp; - return YYEOF; - } - - if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') - break; - - ++exp; - } - - result = *exp++; - switch (result) - { - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': - { - unsigned long int n = result - '0'; - while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') - { - n *= 10; - n += exp[0] - '0'; - ++exp; - } - lval->num = n; - result = NUMBER; - } - break; - - case '=': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '!': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = not_equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - break; - - case '&': - case '|': - if (exp[0] == result) - ++exp; - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '<': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = less_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = less_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '>': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = greater_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = greater_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '*': - lval->op = mult; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '/': - lval->op = divide; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '%': - lval->op = module; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '+': - lval->op = plus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case '-': - lval->op = minus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case 'n': - case '?': - case ':': - case '(': - case ')': - /* Nothing, just return the character. */ - break; - - case ';': - case '\n': - case '\0': - /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ - --exp; - result = YYEOF; - break; - - default: - result = YYERRCODE; -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - --exp; -#endif - break; - } - - *pexp = exp; - - return result; -} - - -static void -yyerror (str) - const char *str; -{ - /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ -} diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y deleted file mode 100644 index be049a6d..00000000 --- a/intl/plural.y +++ /dev/null @@ -1,413 +0,0 @@ -%{ -/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this - declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's - skeleton file comes too late. This must come before - because may include arbitrary system headers. */ -#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ - #pragma alloca -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp -#else -# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__ -# define __gettextparse gettextparse__ -#endif - -#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp -#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg -%} -%pure_parser -%expect 10 - -%union { - unsigned long int num; - enum operator op; - struct expression *exp; -} - -%{ -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, - struct expression * const *args)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *right)); -static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *left, - struct expression *right)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *bexp, - struct expression *tbranch, - struct expression *fbranch)); -static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); -static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); - -/* Allocation of expressions. */ - -static struct expression * -new_exp (nargs, op, args) - int nargs; - enum operator op; - struct expression * const *args; -{ - int i; - struct expression *newp; - - /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - if (args[i] == NULL) - goto fail; - - /* Allocate a new expression. */ - newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->nargs = nargs; - newp->operation = op; - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; - return newp; - } - - fail: - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); - - return NULL; -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_0 (op) - enum operator op; -{ - return new_exp (0, op, NULL); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_1 (op, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[1]; - - args[0] = right; - return new_exp (1, op, args); -} - -static struct expression * -new_exp_2 (op, left, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *left; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[2]; - - args[0] = left; - args[1] = right; - return new_exp (2, op, args); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) - enum operator op; - struct expression *bexp; - struct expression *tbranch; - struct expression *fbranch; -{ - struct expression *args[3]; - - args[0] = bexp; - args[1] = tbranch; - args[2] = fbranch; - return new_exp (3, op, args); -} - -%} - -/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the - precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. - There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. - Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single - token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ -%right '?' /* ? */ -%left '|' /* || */ -%left '&' /* && */ -%left EQUOP2 /* == != */ -%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ -%left ADDOP2 /* + - */ -%left MULOP2 /* * / % */ -%right '!' /* ! */ - -%token EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 -%token NUMBER -%type exp - -%% - -start: exp - { - if ($1 == NULL) - YYABORT; - ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; - } - ; - -exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); - } - | exp '|' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); - } - | exp '&' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); - } - | exp EQUOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp CMPOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp ADDOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp MULOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | '!' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); - } - | 'n' - { - $$ = new_exp_0 (var); - } - | NUMBER - { - if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) - $$->val.num = $1; - } - | '(' exp ')' - { - $$ = $2; - } - ; - -%% - -void -internal_function -FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) - struct expression *exp; -{ - if (exp == NULL) - return; - - /* Handle the recursive case. */ - switch (exp->nargs) - { - case 3: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 2: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 1: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - default: - break; - } - - free (exp); -} - - -static int -yylex (lval, pexp) - YYSTYPE *lval; - const char **pexp; -{ - const char *exp = *pexp; - int result; - - while (1) - { - if (exp[0] == '\0') - { - *pexp = exp; - return YYEOF; - } - - if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') - break; - - ++exp; - } - - result = *exp++; - switch (result) - { - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': - { - unsigned long int n = result - '0'; - while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') - { - n *= 10; - n += exp[0] - '0'; - ++exp; - } - lval->num = n; - result = NUMBER; - } - break; - - case '=': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '!': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = not_equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - break; - - case '&': - case '|': - if (exp[0] == result) - ++exp; - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '<': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = less_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = less_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '>': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = greater_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = greater_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '*': - lval->op = mult; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '/': - lval->op = divide; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '%': - lval->op = module; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '+': - lval->op = plus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case '-': - lval->op = minus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case 'n': - case '?': - case ':': - case '(': - case ')': - /* Nothing, just return the character. */ - break; - - case ';': - case '\n': - case '\0': - /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ - --exp; - result = YYEOF; - break; - - default: - result = YYERRCODE; -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - --exp; -#endif - break; - } - - *pexp = exp; - - return result; -} - - -static void -yyerror (str) - const char *str; -{ - /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ -} diff --git a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in deleted file mode 100644 index b3bcca4d..00000000 --- a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets -# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Ulrich Drepper , 1995. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -1 { - i\ -/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\ -\ -#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\ -# include \ -#endif\ -\ -#include "libgettext.h"\ -\ -const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = { - h - s/.*/0/ - x -} -# -# Write msgid entries in C array form. -# -/^msgid/ { - s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/ - tb -# Append the next line - :b - N -# Look whether second part is continuation line. - s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/ -# Yes, then branch. - ta -# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line -# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore -# it. - s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/ - bc -# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. - :a - s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ - P -# We cannot use D here. - s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ -# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t''' -# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it. - tb -# Not reached - :c - x -# The following nice solution is by -# Bruno - td -# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. -# First hide trailing `9' digits. - :d - s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ - td -# Assure at least one digit is available. - s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ -# Increment the last digit. - s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ - s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ - s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ - s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ - s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ - s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ - s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ - s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ - s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ -# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. - s/_/0/g - x - G - s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/ - s/\(.*\)"$/\1/ - p -} -# -# Last line. -# -$ { - i\ -};\ - - g - s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p -} -d diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin deleted file mode 100644 index 167374e3..00000000 --- a/intl/ref-add.sin +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# Written by Bruno Haible . -# -/^# Packages using this file: / { - s/# Packages using this file:// - ta - :a - s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / - tb - s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / - :b - s/^/# Packages using this file:/ -} diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin deleted file mode 100644 index 613cf37f..00000000 --- a/intl/ref-del.sin +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# Written by Bruno Haible . -# -/^# Packages using this file: / { - s/# Packages using this file:// - s/ @PACKAGE@ / / - s/^/# Packages using this file:/ -} diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2e420ad7..00000000 --- a/intl/textdomain.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ -# include -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__ -# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__ -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Name of the default text domain. */ -extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[]; - -/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ -extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain; - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain -# ifndef strdup -# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) -# endif -#else -# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__ -#endif - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock) - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -char * -TEXTDOMAIN (domainname) - const char *domainname; -{ - char *new_domain; - char *old_domain; - - /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - - __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); - - old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - - /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ - if (domainname[0] == '\0' - || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) - { - _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; - new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - } - else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) - /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some - environment variable changed. */ - new_domain = old_domain; - else - { - /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' - will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we - are out of core. */ -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - new_domain = strdup (domainname); -#else - size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; - new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); - if (new_domain != NULL) - memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); -#endif - - if (new_domain != NULL) - _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; - } - - /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs - since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we - to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ - if (new_domain != NULL) - { - ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; - - if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) - free (old_domain); - } - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - - return new_domain; -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); -#endif diff --git a/intl/xopen-msg.sed b/intl/xopen-msg.sed deleted file mode 100644 index b19c0bbd..00000000 --- a/intl/xopen-msg.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file -# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Ulrich Drepper , 1995. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -# -# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the -# message set number. We use always set number 1. -# -1 { - i\ -$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed - h - s/.*/0/ - x -} -# -# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help. -# -/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p -# -# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file. -# -/^msgid/ { -# Does not work now -# /"$/! { -# s/\\$// -# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/ -# } - s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/ - p -} -# -# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations -# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for -# each message we assign them to the messages. -# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file -# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order -# of declarations must not be changed.) -# -/^msgstr/ { - s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/ - x -# The following nice solution is by -# Bruno - td -# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. -# First hide trailing `9' digits. - :d - s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ - td -# Assure at least one digit is available. - s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ -# Increment the last digit. - s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ - s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ - s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ - s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ - s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ - s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ - s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ - s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ - s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ -# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. - s/_/0/g - x -# Bring the line in the format ` ' - G - s/^[^\n]*$/& / - s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/ -# Clear flag from last substitution. - tb -# Append the next line. - :b - N -# Look whether second part is a continuation line. - s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/ -# Yes, then branch. - ta - P - D -# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!! -# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. - :a - s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ - P -# We cannot use the sed command `D' here - s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ - tb -} -d diff --git a/macros2/.cvsignore b/macros2/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 347fe394..00000000 --- a/macros2/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile -macros.dep -gnome2-macros.dep diff --git a/macros2/ChangeLog b/macros2/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 13988fe8..00000000 --- a/macros2/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,207 +0,0 @@ -2002-09-23 Bastien Nocera - - * autogen.sh: exit if aclocal, autoheader, automake or autoconf - fails to run without warnings. Usually compilation would fail - afterwards with funky errors. - This is more anal than the version committed to the gnome-2-0 branch - -2002-08-18 Havoc Pennington - - * autogen.sh: hardcode aclocal-1.4/automake-1.4 so that users with - both automake 1.6 and 1.4 installed get the right automake. Means - compilation from CVS will now require the latest automake 1.4 - release, or manually creating symlinks called "automake-1.4" and - "aclocal-1.4" - -Mon Aug 12 23:49:41 2002 HideToshi Tajima - - * autogen.sh : use portable -o instead of GNU-ish -or for find test - -2002-08-10 Miles Lane - - * autogen.sh: fix the "find" test so that the presence of - configure.in is reporteded. Each expression requires its - own -print flag. - -2002-08-10 Sebastian Rittau - - * autogen.sh: support for configure.ac - -2002-05-10 Chema Celorio - - * compiler-flags.m4: fix GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS to work when a parameter is - passed. The arguments to AC_ARG_ENABLE where swapped - -2002-04-01 jacob berkman - - * gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME2_X_CHECKS): kill bogus clearing of - LDFLAGS - -2001-10-29 jacob berkman - - * autogen.sh: add check for glib-gettextize - -2001-10-15 Bastien Nocera - - * Makefile.am, curses.m4: added curses.m4 (copied from the gnome1 - macros. this file is needed to gdialog - -2001-10-02 Darin Adler - - * autogen.sh: Complete intltool support. - -2001-10-02 Darin Adler - - * autogen.sh: Add intltool support. - -2001-09-04 Frank Belew - - * autogen.sh: change gettext regexp to work with non-gnu grep - -2001-08-18 Darin Adler - - * autogen.sh: Don't ask people to ignore xml-i18n-tools messages. - -2001-08-04 Darin Adler - - * autogen.sh: Update gettext logic to allow anything that - starts with AM and ends with gettext. This makes it work with - AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT, which is what libbonobo is now using. - -2001-08-03 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_CFLAG): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_ACLOCALFLAGS): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES): Removed. - (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Use $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version - to check for the pkg-config version. - -2001-07-20 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Require pkg-config 0.8.0. - -2001-06-29 Laszlo Peter - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Fix the regexp - to process all 6 version numbers. - -2001-06-22 Elliot Lee - - * gnome-gettext.m4: N'sync with the gnome1 version, bye bye buggies. - -2001-06-13 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Require pkg-config 0.7.0 - and fix download URL. - - * gnome-platform.m4: Require pkgconfig on the GNOME 2.0 platform. - -2001-06-01 Peter Williams - - * autogen.sh: s,Gnome,$PKG_NAME,g - -2001-04-13 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES): - Set variable `have_' to yes or no depending on whether the - module was found or not; allows you to define automake conditionals - for optional modules. - -2001-03-24 Martin Baulig - - * autogen.sh: Add the xml-i18n-tools stuff here. - -2000-12-01 Martin Baulig - - * compile-warnings.m4: Improved compile warnings check; the - --enable-compile-warnings parameter now takes 5 different - values (no/minimum/yes/maximum/error). AC_SUBST(WARN_CFLAGS). - -2000-11-29 Martin Baulig - - * gnome.m4, gnome-gnorba-check.m4, gnome-fileutils.m4: Removed. - -2000-11-26 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME2_X_CHECKS): Use - GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES. - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Don't - AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG]). - (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Check for pkg-config >= 0.4.1. - -2000-11-22 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Added GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES - to check for a list of optional modules. - - * gnome-platform.m4: Require GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG. - -2000-11-22 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-platform.m4: New file. This defines - GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2. - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Disable the --extra-flags argument to - pkg-config, this doesn't exist anymore. - -2000-11-22 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: New file. This defines - GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG, GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG and - GNOME_PKGCONFIG_* macros from pkg-config. - -2000-11-21 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-support.m4, need-declaration.m4: Removed. - -2000-09-30 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-x-checks.m4: Switch to pkg-config to check for GTK+ 2.0; - Removed all `gnome_cv_passdown_x_*' variables and `USE_DEVGTK'. - - * gnome-common.m4 (GNOME_COMMON_INIT): Added the always-false - INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON automake conditional. - (GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK): New macro. - (GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK): New macro. - -Thu Aug 24 02:28:57 2000 George Lebl - - * gnome-x-checks.m4: use the correct name in AC_PROVIDE - -2000-08-06 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME_X_CHECKS): Renamed - to GNOME2_X_CHECKS. - -2000-07-24 Martin Baulig - - * autogen.sh: Removed some old crap in it. - * aclocal-include.m4: Removed. - - * gnome-x-checks.m4: Check for GTK+ 2.0. - -2000-07-24 Martin Baulig - - * autogen.sh: Make it work with AM_GNOME2_GETTEXT. - * check-utmp.m4: New file. - -2000-07-24 Martin Baulig - - Synced with gnome-libs/gnome-data. - -2000-06-09 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-common.m4: We need this here as well. - -2000-05-29 Martin Baulig - - * Makefile.am: New file. Install this stuff into - `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome2-macros'. - - * gnome.m4: New file. Copied from `hack-macros' dir. - - * autogen.sh: New file. Copied from `macros' dir. - diff --git a/macros2/Makefile.am b/macros2/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index bc5f37f8..00000000 --- a/macros2/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -## Please update this variable if any new macros are created - -GNOME2_MACROS= \ - compiler-flags.m4 curses.m4 gnome-common.m4 gnome-cxx-check.m4 \ - gnome-gettext.m4 gnome-pthread-check.m4 gnome-x-checks.m4 \ - linger.m4 check-utmp.m4 gnome-pkgconfig.m4 gnome-platform.m4 - -EXTRA_DIST=$(GNOME2_MACROS) autogen.sh -MAINTAINERCLEANFILES=macros2.dep - -@MAINT@macros2.dep: Makefile.am -@MAINT@ @echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(GNOME2_MACROS:%=macros2/%)' > $@ - -if INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON -gnome2_aclocaldir = $(datadir)/aclocal/gnome2-macros - -gnome2-macros.dep: Makefile.am - @echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(GNOME2_MACROS:%=$(gnome2_aclocaldir)/%)' > $@ - -gnome2_aclocal_DATA = $(GNOME2_MACROS) autogen.sh gnome2-macros.dep - -endif diff --git a/macros2/README.cvs-commits b/macros2/README.cvs-commits deleted file mode 100644 index 88e3d581..00000000 --- a/macros2/README.cvs-commits +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS - -which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects -a very large number of modules. - -Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you -commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me -a patch and I'll commit it for you it it's ok. - -Thanks for your understanding, - -August 1st, 2001 -Martin Baulig - diff --git a/macros2/autogen.sh b/macros2/autogen.sh deleted file mode 100644 index 10e1b367..00000000 --- a/macros2/autogen.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc. - -DIE=0 - -if [ -n "$GNOME2_DIR" ]; then - ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I $GNOME2_DIR/share/aclocal $ACLOCAL_FLAGS" - LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$GNOME2_DIR/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH" - PATH="$GNOME2_DIR/bin:$PATH" - export PATH - export LD_LIBRARY_PATH -fi - -(autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || { - echo - echo "**Error**: You must have \`autoconf' installed to compile $PKG_NAME." - echo "Download the appropriate package for your distribution," - echo "or get the source tarball at ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/" - DIE=1 -} - -# Determine whether to use configure.in or configure.ac - -if [ -f $srcdir/configure.ac ]; then - CONFIGURE="$srcdir/configure.ac" -else - CONFIGURE="$srcdir/configure.in" -fi - -(grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" "$CONFIGURE" >/dev/null) && { - (intltoolize --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || { - echo - echo "**Error**: You must have \`intltoolize' installed to compile $PKG_NAME." - echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/stable/sources/intltool/intltool-0.10.tar.gz" - echo "(or a newer version if it is available)" - DIE=1 - } -} - -(grep "^AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS" "$CONFIGURE" >/dev/null) && { - (xml-i18n-toolize --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || { - echo - echo "**Error**: You must have \`xml-i18n-toolize' installed to compile $PKG_NAME." - echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/stable/sources/xml-i18n-tools/xml-i18n-tools-0.9.tar.gz" - echo "(or a newer version of xml-i18n-tools or intltool if it is available)" - DIE=1 - } -} - -(grep "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL" "$CONFIGURE" >/dev/null) && { - (libtool --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || { - echo - echo "**Error**: You must have \`libtool' installed to compile $PKG_NAME." - echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/libtool-1.2d.tar.gz" - echo "(or a newer version if it is available)" - DIE=1 - } -} - - -if grep "^AM_[A-Z0-9_]\{1,\}_GETTEXT" "$CONFIGURE" >/dev/null; then - if grep "sed.*POTFILES" "$CONFIGURE" >/dev/null; then - GETTEXTIZE="" - else - if grep "^AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT" "$CONFIGURE" >/dev/null; then - GETTEXTIZE="glib-gettextize" - GETTEXTIZE_URL="ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/v1.3/glib-1.3.11.tar.gz" - else - GETTEXTIZE="gettextize" - GETTEXTIZE_URL="ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/gettext-0.10.35.tar.gz" - fi - - $GETTEXTIZE --version < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 - if test $? -ne 0; then - echo - echo "**Error**: You must have \`$GETTEXTIZE' installed to compile $PKG_NAME." - echo "Get $GETTEXTIZE_URL" - echo "(or a newer version if it is available)" - DIE=1 - fi - fi -fi - -(automake-1.4 --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || { - echo - echo "**Error**: You must have \`automake' installed to compile $PKG_NAME." - echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/automake-1.3.tar.gz" - echo "(or a newer version if it is available)" - DIE=1 - NO_AUTOMAKE=yes -} - - -# if no automake, don't bother testing for aclocal -test -n "$NO_AUTOMAKE" || (aclocal-1.4 --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || { - echo - echo "**Error**: Missing \`aclocal'. The version of \`automake'" - echo "installed doesn't appear recent enough." - echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/automake-1.3.tar.gz" - echo "(or a newer version if it is available)" - DIE=1 -} - -if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then - exit 1 -fi - -if test -z "$*"; then - echo "**Warning**: I am going to run \`configure' with no arguments." - echo "If you wish to pass any to it, please specify them on the" - echo \`$0\'" command line." - echo -fi - -case $CC in -xlc ) - am_opt=--include-deps;; -esac - -for coin in `find $srcdir -name configure.in -print -o -name configure.ac -print` -do - dr=`dirname $coin` - bn=`basename $coin` - if test -f $dr/NO-AUTO-GEN; then - echo skipping $dr -- flagged as no auto-gen - else - echo processing $dr - ( cd $dr - - aclocalinclude="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS" - - if test "$GETTEXTIZE"; then - echo "Creating $dr/aclocal.m4 ..." - test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 || touch $dr/aclocal.m4 - echo "Running $GETTEXTIZE... Ignore non-fatal messages." - echo "no" | $GETTEXTIZE --force --copy - echo "Making $dr/aclocal.m4 writable ..." - test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 && chmod u+w $dr/aclocal.m4 - fi - if grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" $bn >/dev/null; then - echo "Running intltoolize..." - intltoolize --copy --force --automake - fi - if grep "^AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS" $bn >/dev/null; then - echo "Running xml-i18n-toolize..." - xml-i18n-toolize --copy --force --automake - fi - if grep "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL" $bn >/dev/null; then - if test -z "$NO_LIBTOOLIZE" ; then - echo "Running libtoolize..." - libtoolize --force --copy - fi - fi - - echo "Running aclocal $aclocalinclude ..." - aclocal-1.4 $aclocalinclude || { - echo - echo "**Error**: \`aclocal' failed. Please fix the warnings" - echo "(probably missing development files) and try again." - DIE=1 - } - - if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then - exit 1 - fi - - if grep "^AM_CONFIG_HEADER" $bn >/dev/null; then - echo "Running autoheader..." - autoheader || { - echo - echo "**Error**: \`autoheader' failed. Please fix the warnings" - echo "(probably missing development files) and try again." - DIE=1 - } - - if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then - exit 1 - fi - - fi - echo "Running automake --gnu $am_opt ..." - automake-1.4 --add-missing --gnu $am_opt || { - echo - echo "**Error**: \`automake' failed. Please fix the warnings" - echo "(probably missing development files) and try again." - DIE=1 - } - - if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then - exit 1 - fi - - echo "Running autoconf ..." - autoconf || { - echo - echo "**Error**: \`autoconf' failed. Please fix the warnings" - echo "(probably missing development files) and try again." - DIE=1 - } - - if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then - exit 1 - fi - ) - fi -done - -conf_flags="--enable-maintainer-mode --enable-compile-warnings" #--enable-iso-c - -if test x$NOCONFIGURE = x; then - echo Running $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" ... - $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" \ - && echo Now type \`make\' to compile $PKG_NAME || exit 1 -else - echo Skipping configure process. -fi diff --git a/macros2/check-utmp.m4 b/macros2/check-utmp.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 5241b96b..00000000 --- a/macros2/check-utmp.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,243 +0,0 @@ -# Checks for availability of various utmp fields -# -# Original code by Bernhard Rosenkraenzer (bero@linux.net.eu.org), 1998. -# Modifications by Timur Bakeyev (timur@gnu.org), 1999. -# - -dnl AC_CHECK_UTMP() -dnl Test for presence of the field and define HAVE_UT_UT_field macro -dnl - -AC_DEFUN(AC_CHECK_UTMP,[ - -AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h utmp.h utmpx.h) -AC_HEADER_TIME - -if test "$ac_cv_header_utmpx_h" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(UTMP,[struct utmpx]) -else - AC_DEFINE(UTMP,[struct utmp]) -fi - -dnl some systems (BSD4.4-like) require time.h to be included before utmp.h :/ -AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_host field in the utmp structure) -AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME -#include -#include -#else -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H -#include -#endif],[UTMP ut; char *p; p=ut.ut_host;],result=yes,result=no) -if test "$result" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_HOST) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT($result) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_pid field in the utmp structure) -AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME -#include -#include -#else -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H -#include -#endif],[UTMP ut; int i; i=ut.ut_pid;],result=yes,result=no) -if test "$result" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_PID) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT($result) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_id field in the utmp structure) -AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME -#include -#include -#else -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H -#include -#endif],[UTMP ut; char *p; p=ut.ut_id;],result=yes,result=no) -if test "$result" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_ID) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT($result) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_name field in the utmp structure) -AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME -#include -#include -#else -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H -#include -#endif],[UTMP ut; char *p; p=ut.ut_name;],result=yes,result=no) -if test "$result" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_NAME) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT($result) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_type field in the utmp structure) -AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME -#include -#include -#else -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H -#include -#endif],[UTMP ut; int i; i=(int) ut.ut_type;],result=yes,result=no) -if test "$result" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_TYPE) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT($result) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_exit.e_termination field in the utmp structure) -AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME -#include -#include -#else -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H -#include -#endif],[UTMP ut; ut.ut_exit.e_termination=0;],result=yes,result=no) -if test "$result" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT($result) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_user field in the utmp structure) -AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME -#include -#include -#else -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H -#include -#endif],[UTMP ut; char *p; p=ut.ut_user;],result=yes,result=no) -if test "$result" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_USER) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT($result) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_time field in the utmp structure) -AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME -#include -#include -#else -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H -#include -#endif],[UTMP ut; ut.ut_time=0;],result=yes,result=no) -if test "$result" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_TIME) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT($result) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_tv field in the utmp structure) -AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME -#include -#include -#else -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H -#include -#endif],[UTMP ut; ut.ut_tv={0, 0};],result=yes,result=no) -if test "$result" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_TV) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT($result) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_syslen field in the utmp structure) -AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME -#include -#include -#else -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H -#include -#endif],[UTMP ut; ut.ut_syslen=0;],result=yes,result=no) -if test "$result" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_SYSLEN) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT($result) - -]) diff --git a/macros2/compiler-flags.m4 b/macros2/compiler-flags.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 69259ddc..00000000 --- a/macros2/compiler-flags.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -dnl GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS -dnl Turn on many useful compiler warnings -dnl For now, only works on GCC -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS],[ - dnl ****************************** - dnl More compiler warnings - dnl ****************************** - - if test -z "$1" ; then - default_compile_warnings=no - else - default_compile_warnings="$1" - fi - - AC_ARG_ENABLE(compile-warnings, - [ --enable-compile-warnings=[no/minimum/yes/maximum/error] Turn on compiler warnings.], [enable_compile_warnings="$default_compile_warnings"], enable_compile_warnings=yes) - - warnCFLAGS= - if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then - enable_compile_warnings=no - fi - - warning_flags= - realsave_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - - case "$enable_compile_warnings" in - no) - warning_flags= - ;; - minimum) - warning_flags="-Wall -Wunused" - ;; - yes) - warning_flags="-Wall -Wunused -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations" - ;; - maximum|error) - warning_flags="-Wall -Wunused -Wchar-subscripts -Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-prototypes -Wnested-externs -Wpointer-arith" - CFLAGS="$warning_flags $CFLAGS" - for option in -Wsign-promo -Wno-sign-compare; do - SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $option" - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether gcc understands $option]) - AC_TRY_COMPILE([], [], - has_option=yes, - has_option=no,) - CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" - AC_MSG_RESULT($has_option) - if test $has_option = yes; then - warning_flags="$warning_flags $option" - fi - unset has_option - unset SAVE_CFLAGS - done - unset option - if test "$enable_compile_warnings" = "error" ; then - warning_flags="$warning_flags -Werror" - fi - ;; - *) - AC_MSG_ERROR(Unknown argument '$enable_compile_warnings' to --enable-compile-warnings) - ;; - esac - CFLAGS="$realsave_CFLAGS" - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C compiler) - AC_MSG_RESULT($warning_flags) - - AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-c, - [ --enable-iso-c Try to warn if code is not ISO C ],, - enable_iso_c=no) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C compiler) - complCFLAGS= - if test "x$enable_iso_c" != "xno"; then - if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then - case " $CFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -ansi" ;; - esac - case " $CFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -pedantic" ;; - esac - fi - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT($complCFLAGS) - - WARN_CFLAGS="$warning_flags $complCFLAGS" - AC_SUBST(WARN_CFLAGS) -]) - -dnl For C++, do basically the same thing. - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS],[ - AC_ARG_ENABLE(cxx-warnings, - [ --enable-cxx-warnings=[no/minimum/yes] Turn on compiler warnings.],,enable_cxx_warnings=minimum) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C++ compiler) - warnCXXFLAGS= - if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then - enable_compile_warnings=no - fi - if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" != "xno"; then - if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then - case " $CXXFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-Wall[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) warnCXXFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-unused" ;; - esac - - ## -W is not all that useful. And it cannot be controlled - ## with individual -Wno-xxx flags, unlike -Wall - if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" = "xyes"; then - warnCXXFLAGS="$warnCXXFLAGS -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations -Wshadow -Woverloaded-virtual" - fi - fi - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT($warnCXXFLAGS) - - AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-cxx, - [ --enable-iso-cxx Try to warn if code is not ISO C++ ],, - enable_iso_cxx=no) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C++ compiler) - complCXXFLAGS= - if test "x$enable_iso_cxx" != "xno"; then - if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then - case " $CXXFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -ansi" ;; - esac - - case " $CXXFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -pedantic" ;; - esac - fi - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT($complCXXFLAGS) - if test "x$cxxflags_set" != "xyes"; then - CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS $warnCXXFLAGS $complCXXFLAGS" - cxxflags_set=yes - AC_SUBST(cxxflags_set) - fi -]) diff --git a/macros2/curses.m4 b/macros2/curses.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 5307e13d..00000000 --- a/macros2/curses.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,318 +0,0 @@ -dnl Curses detection: Munged from Midnight Commander's configure.in -dnl -dnl What it does: -dnl ============= -dnl -dnl - Determine which version of curses is installed on your system -dnl and set the -I/-L/-l compiler entries and add a few preprocessor -dnl symbols -dnl - Do an AC_SUBST on the CURSES_INCLUDEDIR and CURSES_LIBS so that -dnl @CURSES_INCLUDEDIR@ and @CURSES_LIBS@ will be available in -dnl Makefile.in's -dnl - Modify the following configure variables (these are the only -dnl curses.m4 variables you can access from within configure.in) -dnl CURSES_INCLUDEDIR - contains -I's and possibly -DRENAMED_CURSES if -dnl an ncurses.h that's been renamed to curses.h -dnl is found. -dnl CURSES_LIBS - sets -L and -l's appropriately -dnl CFLAGS - if --with-sco, add -D_SVID3 -dnl has_curses - exports result of tests to rest of configure -dnl -dnl Usage: -dnl ====== -dnl 1) Add lines indicated below to acconfig.h -dnl 2) call AC_CHECK_CURSES after AC_PROG_CC in your configure.in -dnl 3) Instead of #include you should use the following to -dnl properly locate ncurses or curses header file -dnl -dnl #if defined(USE_NCURSES) && !defined(RENAMED_NCURSES) -dnl #include -dnl #else -dnl #include -dnl #endif -dnl -dnl 4) Make sure to add @CURSES_INCLUDEDIR@ to your preprocessor flags -dnl 5) Make sure to add @CURSES_LIBS@ to your linker flags or LIBS -dnl -dnl Notes with automake: -dnl - call AM_CONDITIONAL(HAS_CURSES, test "$has_curses" = true) from -dnl configure.in -dnl - your Makefile.am can look something like this -dnl ----------------------------------------------- -dnl INCLUDES= blah blah blah $(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR) -dnl if HAS_CURSES -dnl CURSES_TARGETS=name_of_curses_prog -dnl endif -dnl bin_PROGRAMS = other_programs $(CURSES_TARGETS) -dnl other_programs_SOURCES = blah blah blah -dnl name_of_curses_prog_SOURCES = blah blah blah -dnl other_programs_LDADD = blah -dnl name_of_curses_prog_LDADD = blah $(CURSES_LIBS) -dnl ----------------------------------------------- -dnl -dnl -dnl The following lines should be added to acconfig.h: -dnl ================================================== -dnl -dnl /*=== Curses version detection defines ===*/ -dnl /* Found some version of curses that we're going to use */ -dnl #undef HAS_CURSES -dnl -dnl /* Use SunOS SysV curses? */ -dnl #undef USE_SUNOS_CURSES -dnl -dnl /* Use old BSD curses - not used right now */ -dnl #undef USE_BSD_CURSES -dnl -dnl /* Use SystemV curses? */ -dnl #undef USE_SYSV_CURSES -dnl -dnl /* Use Ncurses? */ -dnl #undef USE_NCURSES -dnl -dnl /* If you Curses does not have color define this one */ -dnl #undef NO_COLOR_CURSES -dnl -dnl /* Define if you want to turn on SCO-specific code */ -dnl #undef SCO_FLAVOR -dnl -dnl /* Set to reflect version of ncurses * -dnl * 0 = version 1.* -dnl * 1 = version 1.9.9g -dnl * 2 = version 4.0/4.1 */ -dnl #undef NCURSES_970530 -dnl -dnl /*=== End new stuff for acconfig.h ===*/ -dnl - - -AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_CURSES],[ - search_ncurses=true - screen_manager="" - has_curses=false - - CFLAGS=${CFLAGS--O} - - AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIBS) - AC_SUBST(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR) - - AC_ARG_WITH(sco, - [ --with-sco Use this to turn on SCO-specific code],[ - if test x$withval = xyes; then - AC_DEFINE(SCO_FLAVOR) - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_SVID3" - fi - ]) - - AC_ARG_WITH(sunos-curses, - [ --with-sunos-curses Used to force SunOS 4.x curses],[ - if test x$withval = xyes; then - AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES - fi - ]) - - AC_ARG_WITH(osf1-curses, - [ --with-osf1-curses Used to force OSF/1 curses],[ - if test x$withval = xyes; then - AC_USE_OSF1_CURSES - fi - ]) - - AC_ARG_WITH(vcurses, - [ --with-vcurses[=incdir] Used to force SysV curses], - if test x$withval != xyes; then - CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I$withval" - fi - AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES - ) - - AC_ARG_WITH(ncurses, - [ --with-ncurses[=dir] Compile with ncurses/locate base dir], - if test x$withval = xno ; then - search_ncurses=false - elif test x$withval != xyes ; then - CURSES_LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval/lib -lncurses" - CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I$withval/include" - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager="ncurses" - AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES) - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - fi - ) - - if $search_ncurses - then - AC_SEARCH_NCURSES() - fi - - -]) - - -AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES], [ - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager="SunOS 4.x /usr/5include curses" - AC_MSG_RESULT(Using SunOS 4.x /usr/5include curses) - AC_DEFINE(USE_SUNOS_CURSES) - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - AC_DEFINE(NO_COLOR_CURSES) - AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES) - CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I/usr/5include" - CURSES_LIBS="/usr/5lib/libcurses.a /usr/5lib/libtermcap.a" - AC_MSG_RESULT(Please note that some screen refreshs may fail) -]) - -AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_OSF1_CURSES], [ - AC_MSG_RESULT(Using OSF1 curses) - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager="OSF1 curses" - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - AC_DEFINE(NO_COLOR_CURSES) - AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES) - CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses" -]) - -AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES], [ - AC_MSG_RESULT(Using SysV curses) - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES) - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager="SysV/curses" - CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses" -]) - -dnl AC_ARG_WITH(bsd-curses, -dnl [--with-bsd-curses Used to compile with bsd curses, not very fancy], -dnl search_ncurses=false -dnl screen_manager="Ultrix/cursesX" -dnl if test $system = ULTRIX -dnl then -dnl THIS_CURSES=cursesX -dnl else -dnl THIS_CURSES=curses -dnl fi -dnl -dnl CURSES_LIBS="-l$THIS_CURSES -ltermcap" -dnl AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) -dnl has_curses=true -dnl AC_DEFINE(USE_BSD_CURSES) -dnl AC_MSG_RESULT(Please note that some screen refreshs may fail) -dnl AC_MSG_WARN(Use of the bsdcurses extension has some) -dnl AC_MSG_WARN(display/input problems.) -dnl AC_MSG_WARN(Reconsider using xcurses) -dnl) - - -dnl -dnl Parameters: directory filename cureses_LIBS curses_INCLUDEDIR nicename -dnl -AC_DEFUN([AC_NCURSES], [ - if $search_ncurses - then - if test -f $1/$2 - then - AC_MSG_RESULT(Found ncurses on $1/$2) - CURSES_LIBS="$3" - CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="$4" - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager=$5 - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES) - fi - fi -]) - -AC_DEFUN([AC_SEARCH_NCURSES], [ - AC_CHECKING("location of ncurses.h file") - - AC_NCURSES(/usr/include, ncurses.h, -lncurses,, "ncurses on /usr/include") - AC_NCURSES(/usr/include/ncurses, ncurses.h, -lncurses, -I/usr/include/ncurses, "ncurses on /usr/include/ncurses") - AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include, ncurses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include, "ncurses on /usr/local") - AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include/ncurses, ncurses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -L/usr/local/lib/ncurses -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include/ncurses, "ncurses on /usr/local/include/ncurses") - - AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include/ncurses, curses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include/ncurses -DRENAMED_NCURSES, "renamed ncurses on /usr/local/.../ncurses") - - AC_NCURSES(/usr/include/ncurses, curses.h, -lncurses, -I/usr/include/ncurses -DRENAMED_NCURSES, "renamed ncurses on /usr/include/ncurses") - - dnl - dnl We couldn't find ncurses, try SysV curses - dnl - if $search_ncurses - then - AC_EGREP_HEADER(init_color, /usr/include/curses.h, - AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES) - AC_EGREP_CPP(USE_NCURSES,[ -#include -#ifdef __NCURSES_H -#undef USE_NCURSES -USE_NCURSES -#endif -],[ - CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="$CURSES_INCLUDEDIR -DRENAMED_NCURSES" - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES) - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager="ncurses installed as curses" -]) - fi - - dnl - dnl Try SunOS 4.x /usr/5{lib,include} ncurses - dnl The flags USE_SUNOS_CURSES, USE_BSD_CURSES and BUGGY_CURSES - dnl should be replaced by a more fine grained selection routine - dnl - if $search_ncurses - then - if test -f /usr/5include/curses.h - then - AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES - fi - else - # check for ncurses version, to properly ifdef mouse-fix - AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ncurses version) - ncurses_version=unknown -cat > conftest.$ac_ext < -#else -#include -#endif -#undef VERSION -VERSION:NCURSES_VERSION -EOF - if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&AC_FD_CC | - egrep "VERSION:" >conftest.out 2>&1; then -changequote(,)dnl - ncurses_version=`cat conftest.out|sed -e 's/^[^"]*"//' -e 's/".*//'` -changequote([,])dnl - fi - rm -rf conftest* - AC_MSG_RESULT($ncurses_version) - case "$ncurses_version" in -changequote(,)dnl - 4.[01]) -changequote([,])dnl - AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,2) - ;; - 1.9.9g) - AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,1) - ;; - 1*) - AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,0) - ;; - esac - fi -]) - - - - - diff --git a/macros2/gnome-common.m4 b/macros2/gnome-common.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index d229843a..00000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-common.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -# gnome-common.m4 -# - -dnl GNOME_COMMON_INIT - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMMON_INIT], -[ - AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir, - [ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir="$GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR"]) - AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags, - [ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"]) - GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR="$ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir" - GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS="$ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags" - AC_SUBST(GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR) - AC_SUBST(GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS) - - ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS" - - AM_CONDITIONAL(INSIDE_GNOME_DOCU, false) -]) - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK], -[ - AC_CHECK_PROG(GTKDOC, gtkdoc-mkdb, true, false) - AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_GTK_DOC, $GTKDOC) - AC_SUBST(HAVE_GTK_DOC) - - dnl Let people disable the gtk-doc stuff. - AC_ARG_ENABLE(gtk-doc, [ --enable-gtk-doc Use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=auto]], enable_gtk_doc="$enableval", enable_gtk_doc=auto) - - if test x$enable_gtk_doc = xauto ; then - if test x$GTKDOC = xtrue ; then - enable_gtk_doc=yes - else - enable_gtk_doc=no - fi - fi - - dnl NOTE: We need to use a separate automake conditional for this - dnl to make this work with the tarballs. - AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_GTK_DOC, test x$enable_gtk_doc = xyes) -]) - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK], -[ - AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [ --enable-debug turn on debugging [default=no]], enable_debug="$enableval", enable_debug=no) - - if test x$enable_debug = xyes ; then - AC_DEFINE(GNOME_ENABLE_DEBUG) - fi -]) diff --git a/macros2/gnome-cxx-check.m4 b/macros2/gnome-cxx-check.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 786138c5..00000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-cxx-check.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -dnl GNOME_CHECK_CXX(not_found_string) -AC_DEFUN(GNOME_CHECK_CXX, -[ - # see if a C++ compiler exists and works - AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX])dnl - if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" = xno; then - AC_MSG_WARN(ifelse([$1], , "No C++ compiler", [$1])) - fi - AM_CONDITIONAL(CXX_PRESENT, test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" != xno) -]) diff --git a/macros2/gnome-gettext.m4 b/macros2/gnome-gettext.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 1ba7e25c..00000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-gettext.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,338 +0,0 @@ -# Macro to add for using GNU gettext. -# Ulrich Drepper , 1995. -# -# Modified to never use included libintl. -# Owen Taylor , 12/15/1998 -# -# -# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can -# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License -# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. -# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. - -# serial 5 - -AC_DEFUN([MY_AM_GNOME_WITH_NLS], - [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) - dnl Default is enabled NLS - AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, - [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], - USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) - AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) - AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) - - BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no - USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no - - dnl If we use NLS figure out what method - if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then -# AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS) -# AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested]) -# AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext, -# [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here], -# nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval, -# nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no) -# AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext) - nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext="no" - - nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" - if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then - dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what - dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we - dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library. - dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets. - nls_cv_header_intl= - nls_cv_header_libgt= - CATOBJEXT=NONE - - AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h, - [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc, - [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [return (int) gettext ("")], - gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)]) - - if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then - AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain, - [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl], - gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl, - [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext, - gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes, - gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)], - gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)]) - fi - - if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \ - || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT) - AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, - [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl - if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then - AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext) - AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) - AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, - [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) - AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - return _nl_msg_cat_cntr], - [CATOBJEXT=.gmo - DATADIRNAME=share], - [CATOBJEXT=.mo - DATADIRNAME=lib]) - INSTOBJEXT=.mo - fi - fi - - # Added by Martin Baulig 12/15/98 for libc5 systems - if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes" \ - && test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then - INTLLIBS=-lintl - LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'` - fi - ]) - - if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used]) - AC_ARG_WITH(catgets, - [ --with-catgets use catgets functions if available], - nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no) - AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets) - - if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then - dnl No gettext in C library. Try catgets next. - AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main) - AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets, - [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS) - INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)" - AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl -# if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then -# AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no) -# if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then -# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt, -# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no) -# fi -# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, -# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) -# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes -# CATOBJEXT=.cat -# INSTOBJEXT=.cat -# DATADIRNAME=lib -# INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a' -# INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS -# LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'` -# nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h -# nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h -# fi - ]) - fi - fi - - if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then - dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library. - dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library. - nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes - fi - fi - - if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS) - else - # Unset this variable since we use the non-zero value as a flag. - CATOBJEXT= -# dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library. -# INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" -# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, -# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt) -# AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) -# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, -# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) -# AC_SUBST(MSGFMT) -# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes -# CATOBJEXT=.gmo -# INSTOBJEXT=.mo -# DATADIRNAME=share -# INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a' -# INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS -# LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'` -# nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h -# nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h - fi - - dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext. - if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then - dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the - dnl Makefiles still can work. - if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then - : ; - else - AC_MSG_RESULT( - [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it]) - XGETTEXT=":" - fi - fi - - # We need to process the po/ directory. - POSUB=po - else - DATADIRNAME=share - nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h - nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h - fi - AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl) - AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS( - [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*) - sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile - esac]) - - -# # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes' -# # because some of the sources are only built for this goal. -# if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then -# USE_NLS=yes -# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes -# fi - - dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this - dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs - dnl in configure.in. - for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do - GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo" - POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po" - done - - dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. - AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) - AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) - AC_SUBST(CATALOGS) - AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) - AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) - AC_SUBST(GMOFILES) - AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) - AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS) - AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) - AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS) - AC_SUBST(POFILES) - AC_SUBST(POSUB) - ]) - -AC_DEFUN([AM_GNOME2_GETTEXT], - [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl - AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl - AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl - AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl - AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl - AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl - AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl - AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl - AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl - AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl - AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl - - AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \ -unistd.h sys/param.h]) - AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \ -strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next]) - - if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then - AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy) - fi - if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY) - fi - - AM_LC_MESSAGES - MY_AM_GNOME_WITH_NLS - - if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then - if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then - LINGUAS= - else - AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed) - NEW_LINGUAS= - if test "x$LINGUAS" = "x"; then - LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS - fi - for lang in $LINGUAS; do - case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in - *\ $lang\ *|$lang\ *|*\ $lang) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;; - esac - done - LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS - AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS) - fi - - dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed. - if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then - for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done - fi - fi - - dnl The reference to in the installed file - dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this - dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H. - if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then - INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include " - else - INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\ -/* The system does not provide the header . Take care yourself. */" - fi - AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H) - - dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed) - dnl For now we know about two different formats: - dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format - test -d intl || mkdir intl - if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then - AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen) - - dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs - dnl cannot handle comments. - sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed - fi - dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed. - sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \ - $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed - - dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes - dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext - dnl packages. - if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then - GT_NO="#NO#" - GT_YES= - else - GT_NO= - GT_YES="#YES#" - fi - AC_SUBST(GT_NO) - AC_SUBST(GT_YES) - - dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly - dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir). - dnl Try to locate is. - MKINSTALLDIRS= - if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then - MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" - fi - if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then - MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" - fi - AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS) - - dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real. - l= - AC_SUBST(l) - - dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will - dnl be included in po/Makefile. - test -d po || mkdir po - if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then - if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then - posrcprefix="$srcdir/" - else - posrcprefix="../$srcdir/" - fi - else - posrcprefix="../" - fi - rm -f po/POTFILES - sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \ - < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES - ]) - diff --git a/macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4 b/macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 94a3ad55..00000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -dnl -dnl GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG (script-if-enabled, [failflag]) -dnl -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG],[ - AC_PATH_PROG(PKG_CONFIG, pkg-config) - have_pkgconfig=no - if test -x "$PKG_CONFIG" ; then - have_pkgconfig=yes - else - PKG_CONFIG= - fi - AC_MSG_CHECKING(for pkg-config) - pkgconfig_required_version=0.8.0 - if test x$have_pkgconfig = xyes ; then - $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $pkgconfig_required_version - if test $? -ne 0; then - echo "*** Your version of pkg-config is too old. You need version $pkgconfig_required_version or newer." - echo "*** See http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig" - have_pkgconfig=no - fi - fi - if test x$have_pkgconfig = xyes ; then - AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) - else - PKG_CONFIG= - AC_MSG_RESULT(not found) - if test x$2 = xfail; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([ -*** You need the latest pkg-config (at least $pkgconfig_required_version). -*** Get the latest version of pkg-config from -*** http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig.]) - fi - fi - AC_SUBST(PKG_CONFIG) - - AC_PROVIDE([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG]) -]) - -dnl -dnl GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG -dnl -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG],[ - GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG([], fail) -]) diff --git a/macros2/gnome-platform.m4 b/macros2/gnome-platform.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 5d44a70d..00000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-platform.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -dnl -dnl GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2(default, [force]) -dnl -dnl If the first parameter is `yes', then the default is -dnl the GNOME 2.x platform, otherwise the GNOME 1.x one. -dnl -dnl If the optional second parameter is `force', then use -dnl the default value without command line argument. -dnl - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2],[ - AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG]) - - if test x$1 = xyes ; then - platform_gnome_2_default=yes - else - platform_gnome_2_default=no - fi - if test x$2 = xforce ; then - platform_gnome_2="$platform_gnome_2_default"; - else - AC_ARG_ENABLE(platform-gnome-2, [ --enable-platform-gnome-2 enable GNOME 2.x platform [default=no]],[platform_gnome_2="$enableval"],[platform_gnome_2="$platform_gnome_2_default"]) - fi - - AM_CONDITIONAL(PLATFORM_GNOME_2, test $platform_gnome_2 = yes) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GNOME Platform) - if test $platform_gnome_2 = yes; then - AC_MSG_RESULT(GNOME 2.x) - GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION=2 - GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG - else - AC_MSG_RESULT(GNOME 1.x) - GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION=1 - fi - AC_SUBST(GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION) -]) diff --git a/macros2/gnome-pthread-check.m4 b/macros2/gnome-pthread-check.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index a4eb3b48..00000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-pthread-check.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -dnl -dnl And better, use gthreads instead... -dnl - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK],[ - PTHREAD_LIB="" - AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lpthread", - [AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lpthreads", - [AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lc_r", - [AC_CHECK_FUNC(pthread_create)] - )] - )] - ) - AC_SUBST(PTHREAD_LIB) - AC_PROVIDE([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK]) -]) diff --git a/macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4 b/macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index b2abbe43..00000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -dnl GNOME_X_CHECKS -dnl -dnl Basic X11 related checks for X11. At the end, the following will be -dnl defined/changed: -dnl GTK_{CFLAGS,LIBS} From GTK+ -dnl CPPFLAGS Will include $X_CFLAGS -dnl GNOME_HAVE_SM `true' or `false' depending on whether session -dnl management is available. It is available if -dnl both -lSM and X11/SM/SMlib.h exist. (Some -dnl Solaris boxes have the library but not the header) -dnl XPM_LIBS -lXpm if Xpm library is present, otherwise "" -dnl -dnl The following configure cache variables are defined (but not used): -dnl gnome_cv_passdown_{x_libs,X_LIBS,X_CFLAGS} -dnl -AC_DEFUN([GNOME2_X_CHECKS], -[ - AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG]) - - PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GTK, gtk+-2.0 >= 1.3.1) - AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS) - AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS) - - GNOME_HAVE_SM=true - case "$GTK_LIBS" in - *-lSM*) - dnl Already found it. - ;; - *) - dnl Assume that if we have -lSM then we also have -lICE. - AC_CHECK_LIB(SM, SmcSaveYourselfDone, - [GTK_LIBS="-lSM -lICE $GTK_LIBS"],GNOME_HAVE_SM=false, - $x_libs -lICE) - ;; - esac - - if test "$GNOME_HAVE_SM" = true; then - AC_CHECK_HEADERS(X11/SM/SMlib.h,,GNOME_HAVE_SM=false) - fi - - if test "$GNOME_HAVE_SM" = true; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBSM) - fi - - XPM_LIBS="" - AC_CHECK_LIB(Xpm, XpmFreeXpmImage, [XPM_LIBS="-lXpm"], , $x_libs) - AC_SUBST(XPM_LIBS) - - AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK]) - - AC_PROVIDE([GNOME2_X_CHECKS]) -]) diff --git a/macros2/linger.m4 b/macros2/linger.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index dfa7c8ae..00000000 --- a/macros2/linger.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -dnl -dnl Check for struct linger -dnl -AC_DEFUN(AC_STRUCT_LINGER, [ -av_struct_linger=no -AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct linger is available) -AC_TRY_RUN([ -#include -#include - -struct linger li; - -main () -{ - li.l_onoff = 1; - li.l_linger = 120; - exit (0); -} -],[ -AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_LINGER) -av_struct_linger=yes -],[ -av_struct_linger=no -],[ -av_struct_linger=no -]) -AC_MSG_RESULT($av_struct_linger) -]) diff --git a/stamp-h.in b/stamp-h.in deleted file mode 100644 index 9788f702..00000000 --- a/stamp-h.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -timestamp diff --git a/stamp.h.in b/stamp.h.in deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29b..00000000 diff --git a/support/.cvsignore b/support/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index e7105238..00000000 --- a/support/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile -.deps -*.la -*.lo -.libs -gnomesupport-h -gnomesupport.h -gnome-support-2.0.pc diff --git a/support/ChangeLog b/support/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 67fa2699..00000000 --- a/support/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,385 +0,0 @@ -2000-11-21 Martin Baulig - - * Makefile.am: Install libgnomesupport.la, but call it - libgnomesupport-1.3.la. - - * gnome-support-2.0.pc.in: Added pkg-config file. - -1999-05-27 Raja R Harinath - - * gnomesupport.awk: Put c++ guards after #includes. - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: Remove dependence on `gnome-argp.h'. Move - relevant declarations here. - -1999-05-12 Martin Baulig - - * canonicalize.c: Use `set_errno' instead of `__set_errno' and - define `set_errno' here. - -1999-03-27 Raja R Harinath - - * Makefile.am (supportexecincludedir): Rename from - supportincludedir so that `gnomesupport.h' can be installed with - `make install-exec'. - (supportinclude_HEADERS): Remove. Don't install popt-gnome.h - twice. - (error.o): Change `error.c: gnomesupport.h' dependency to - `error.o: gnomesupport.h' to reflect actual dependency. - -1999-02-19 Martin Baulig - - * canonicalize.c: Include instead of the removed - . - -1999-02-17 Changwoo Ryu - - * poptint.h: Removed the suspicious `#ifdef HAVE_DGETTEXT...' - switch. Now `progname --help' messages should be translated. - -1998-12-24 Jeff Garzik - - * poptparse.[ch]: poptParseArgvString cleanups... - Added array grow increment constant. - Remove unnecessary 'dst' init. - Remove unnecessary strcpy(). - Make arg 's' and var 'src' const-correct. - -1998-12-21 Matt Wilson - - * poptparse.c: fix pointer assignment - -1998-12-16 Sebastian Wilhelmi - - * Makefile.am (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): added gnome-argp.c, - which is needed for platforms without - program_invocation_short_name and program_invocation_name. - (libgnomesupport_la_LIBADD): reinstalled the correct value. - -1998-12-15 Martin Baulig - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add all source and header files here. - -1998-12-02 Raja R Harinath - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add back `gnomesupport.awk' and - `README-gnome'. - -1998-11-06 Raja R Harinath - - * popt.c (gnomesupport-fake.h): Include. - * poptint.h (ENABLE_NLS): Define POPT_() and _() i18n markers - based on this. - -1998-11-04 Raja R Harinath - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include gnomesupport.h unconditionally. - * Makefile.am: Build libgnomesupport.la unconditionally. - (popt_sources): List `popt' sources. - (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): Include $popt_sources. - (include_HEADERS): Install `popt.h'. - (noinst_HEADERS): Don't install poptint.h and findme.h. - * popt.c: New file. From the POPT package. Replacement for - argp/getopt. - * poptparse.c: Likewise. - * popthelp.c: Likewise. - * poptconfig.c: Likewise. - * findme.c: Likewise. - * findme.h: Likewise. - * popt.h: Likewise. - * poptint.h: Likewise. - -1998-09-02 Raja R Harinath - - * canonicalize.c (realpath): Remove `weak_alias'. - (canonicalize_file_name): Comment out. - - * gnomesupport.awk: Remove `canonicalize_file_name', and correct - the comment for `realpath'. - -1998-09-02 Martin Baulig - - * gnomesupport.awk (canonicalize_file_name, realpath): Emit - declarations if required. - - * canonicalize.c (canonicalize_file_name, realpath): New file. - Imported from GLibC 2.0.7. - - * libc-symbols.h: New file. Imported from GLibC 2.0.7. - -1998-08-24 Martin Baulig - - * gnomesupport.awk: Emit declarations for `setreuid', `setregid' - and `getpagesize' if required (GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS). - -1998-08-18 Martin Baulig - - * Makefile.am: Added explicit dependency `error.c: gnomesupport.h'. - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include `sys/types.h' to get `size_t' under - FreeBSD. - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include `gnomesupport.h' only if we really - `NEED_GNOMESUPPORT_H'. - -1998-08-16 Martin Baulig - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added all source and header files that - are in CVS to make sure everything is included in the distribution - no matter which files are used on the build system. - -1998-08-15 Raja R Harinath - - * Makefile.am (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): List `gnomesupport.h' - here in the hope that it'll ensure that it is built. - -1998-08-05 Raja R Harinath - - * Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add `gnomesupport-fake.h'. - -1998-08-02 Raja R Harinath - - * error.c (program_name): Clean up #ifdef logic some more. - (HAVE_STRERROR_R): Step on implementation namespace only if _LIBC. - -1998-07-30 Martin Baulig - - * error.c: Making weak alias `__error' and `__error_at_line' - only if `_LIBC' is defined and not if we only - HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME. - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include gnome-argp.h to get - `program_invocation_name'. - -1998-07-29 Raja R Harinath - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: New file. Fake in HAVE_* for functions - that are provided by `gnomesupport' rather than `libc'. - * error.c: Include gnomesupport-fake.h. - (program_name): Define to `program_invocation_name' if - HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME. - -1998-07-29 Martin Baulig - - * error.c, error.h: New files. Imported from glibc. - - * Makefile.am (supportinclude_HEADERS): Added `error.h'. - -1998-07-17 Martin Baulig - - * strtol.c, strtoul.c (): Removed. Using - `const' instead of `CONST'. - -1998-07-15 Raja R Harinath - - * gnomesupport.awk (gethostname): Emit declaration. - -1998-07-15 Martin Baulig - - * gnomesupport.awk (memmove strtod strtol strtoul): Emit - declarations. - - * memmove.c: New file. Imported from GNU libiberty. - - * strtod.c, strtol.c, strtoul.c: New files. Imported from - GNU libiberty. - -1998-07-14 Raja R Harinath - - * mkstemp.c (): Systems that don't have `mkstemp' - probably don't have either. Will fix it with a proper - autoconf test later. - -1998-07-13 Raja R Harinath - - * argp.h (ARGP_EI): Define to `extern __inline__', rather that - `extern inline'. Since this code is inside an __OPTIMIZE__ check, - I assume this is GCC, and __inline__ will work. - - * mkstemp.c: New file. - * gnomesupport.awk: Conditionally emit prototype for `mkstemp'. - -Tue Jul 7 00:02:51 1998 Tom Tromey - - * argp-help.c: Don't include . - -1998-06-11 Raja R Harinath - - * Makefile.am (gnomesupport.h): Build with `gnomesupport.awk'. - (CROSS_COMPILING): Remove. - (EXTRA_DIST): Add `gnomesupport.awk'. - - * gnomesupport.awk: New file, to replace `gnomesupport-h.c'. - * gnomesupport-h.c: Removed. Doesn't work well in cross-compiles. - -1998-06-08 Martin Baulig - - * Makefile.am (gnomesupport-h): When cross-compiling, this - is build using `$(build_CC)' because it needs to run on the - build system. Look at gnome-libs/configure.in to see how to - get `build_CC'. - -Thu May 21 21:21:12 1998 Tom Tromey - - * gnome-argp.h: Unconditionally declare program_invocation_name - and program_invocation_short_name; some systems define these but - don't declare them. - -1998-05-20 Raja R Harinath - - * Makefile.am (INCLUDES): Define _GNU_SOURCE. - -1998-05-19 Raja R Harinath - - * gnomesupport-h.c (strerror): Emit declaration. - * strerror.c: New file. Imported from GNU libiberty. - -1998-05-19 Martin Baulig - - * vsnprintf.c (vsnprintf): Changed declaration of this - function on systems defining __STDC__ to avoid clash - with prototype in system header file. - - * vsnprintf.c (snprintf): Moved toward the end of the - file, so that the compiler sees correct declaration for - vsnprintf(). - -1998-05-12 Kjartan Maraas - - * argp-help.c (argp_doc): Backed out previous "fix". :-) - As pointed out it was dead wrong. - -1998-05-09 Kjartan Maraas - - * argp-help.c (argp_doc): Removed a compiler warning. - -1998-04-14 Raja R Harinath - - * gnomesupport-h.c (main): Make gnomesupport.h include stddef.h - unconditionally. - -1998-04-13 Raja R Harinath - - * scandir.c (): Include. - * gnomesupport-h.c (!HAVE_SCANDIR): Do all the `dirent' wrangling - only if `scandir' is needed. Also, include in all - cases. - -1998-04-13 Seth Alves - - * gnomesupport-h.c (HAVE_DIRENT_H): FreeBSD needs - before . - -1998-04-12 Raja R Harinath - - * Makefile.am (supportincludedir): Is now $(pkglibdir)/include. - `gnomesupport.h' is a generated file dependent on the configure - process. So, this seems a good place. The rest of the headers - are also here just because I'm too lazy to maintain two separate - include directories to search in for `libgnomesupport' stuff ;-) - (supportinclude_DATA): New var. Has `gnomesupport.h'. - (BUILT_SOURCES): Generate `gnomesupport.h'. - - * gnomesupport-h.c: New file. Used to generate `gnomesupport.h', - which contains prototypes for many of the functions in - `libgnomesupport'. This method is used to ensure that prototypes - appear only for those functions that are provided by - `libgnomesupport'. - - * scandir.c (alphasort): New utility function. - -1998-04-08 Raja R Harinath - - * scandir.c: Import from GNU libc. - Remove assumptions that this file is compiled inside GLIBC. - Here are the ChangeLog entries when I imported it originally into - `gwp': - - 1998-02-08 Raja R Harinath - * scandir.c (scandir): Revert change of `1998-02-07'. - Don't use d_reclen, but fix the expression used to - figure out the length. - - 1998-02-07 Raja R Harinath - * scandir.c (scandir): Use `d_reclen' field to get length - of record. - - 1998-02-06 Raja R Harinath - * scandir.c: New file. Replacement function copied from - glibc, edited to not step on implementation namespace. - -1998-03-28 Raja R Harinath - - * vasprintf.c (int_vasprintf): Imported from GNU libit-0.4. - Applied a change that appears in `libiberty'. - -Fri Mar 13 21:30:34 1998 Tom Tromey - - * argp.texi: Imported from glibc. - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added argp.texi. - -1998-03-12 Raja R Harinath - - * Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Don't install argp-fmtstream.h and - argp-namefrob.h. They are used only to compile `argp' and not for - general usage. - -1998-03-11 Raja R Harinath - - * getopt.h: Don't mention getopt() for C++. (Local fix). - - * vsnprintf.c: Actually fill it in. It is from - , with one small fix to - actually make it compile. - -1998-03-09 Raja R Harinath - - * easy-vsnprintf.c: New file. Provides (v)snprintf as simple - wrappers to `__vsnprintf'. - * vsnprintf.c: New file. Empty for now. - -Sun Mar 8 17:13:33 1998 Tom Tromey - - * Makefile.am: Rewrote. Library now named libgnomesupport, now - installed if Gnome support code is built. - -Sat Mar 7 00:03:26 1998 Tom Tromey - - * gnome-argp.h (__mempcpy): New define. - - * strnlen.c: New file from glibc; needed by strndup.c. - -Fri Mar 6 20:10:55 1998 Tom Tromey - - * argp-fmtstream.h (__attribute__): Define unless using gcc. - * argp.h (__attribute__): Define unless using gcc. - - * argp-help.c, argp-parse.c, argp.h: Imported new versions from - glibc, while preserving local changes. - -Wed Mar 4 00:58:27 1998 Tom Tromey - - * Makefile.am (libsupport_a_SOURCES): Added gnome-argp.c. - * gnome-argp.c: New file. - - * argp-parse.c: Include gnome-argp.h. - * argp-help.c: Include gnome-argp.h. - - * README-gnome, gnome-argp.h: New files. - - * argp-ba.c, argp-eexst.c, argp-fmtstream.c, argp-fmtstream.h, - argp-fs-xinl.c, argp-help.c, argp-namefrob.h, argp-parse.c, - argp-pv.c, argp-pvh.c, argp-test.c, argp-xinl.c, argp.h, - strndup.c: New files, imported from glibc. Please use "cvs - import" if you import new versions. - - * Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Added argp-fmtstream.h, - argp-namefrob.h, argp.h, gnome-argp.h. - (EXTRA_DIST): New macro. - -1998-02-18 Raja R Harinath - - * strcasecmp.c: New file, copied from `glibc'. Used to provide - replacement `strcasecmp' file. - - diff --git a/support/Makefile.am b/support/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 627e1dfb..00000000 --- a/support/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. - -supportexecincludedir = $(includedir)/gnome/$(GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION) - -INCLUDES = -D_GNU_SOURCE - -lib_LTLIBRARIES = libgnomesupport-1.3.la - -# it is in _DATA since we don't want `gnomesupport.h' to be part of -# the distributed `.tar.gz' file -supportexecinclude_DATA = gnomesupport.h - -# These are internal headers: they are used only when compiling and -# should not be installed -#noinst_HEADERS = gnomesupport-fake.h \ -# findme.h poptint.h system.h - -# Hmm... should we move `error.h' here. -#include_HEADERS = popt-gnome.h - -#popt_sources = findme.c poptconfig.c poptparse.c popt.c popthelp.c -popt_sources= - -libgnomesupport_1_3_la_SOURCES = gnomesupport.h $(popt_sources) gnome-argp.c -libgnomesupport_1_3_la_LIBADD = @LTLIBOBJS@ -libgnomesupport_1_3_la_LDFLAGS = -version-info 0:0:0 - -BUILT_SOURCES = gnomesupport.h - -# error.o is not always built. In the case when it is built, make -# sure gnomesupport.h is built first. -error.o: gnomesupport.h - -gnomesupport.h: gnomesupport.awk $(top_builddir)/config.h - $(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/gnomesupport.awk < $(top_builddir)/config.h > gsh-t - mv gsh-t gnomesupport.h - -EXTRA_DIST = gnomesupport.awk README-gnome \ - canonicalize.c easy-vsnprintf.c error.c error.h \ - findme.c findme.h getopt.c getopt.h getopt1.c \ - gnome-argp.c gnome-argp.h gnomesupport-fake.h \ - memmove.c mkstemp.c popt-gnome.h popt.c poptconfig.c \ - popthelp.c poptint.h poptparse.c scandir.c strcasecmp.c \ - strerror.c strndup.c strnlen.c strtod.c strtok_r.c strtol.c \ - strtoul.c vasprintf.c vsnprintf.c gnome-support-2.0.pc.in - -pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig -pkgconfig_DATA = gnome-support-2.0.pc diff --git a/support/README-gnome b/support/README-gnome deleted file mode 100644 index 3b59b3e4..00000000 --- a/support/README-gnome +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -Note to Gnome hackers: - -If you change anything related to popt, please forward these changes to -ewt@redhat.com, the popt package maintainer. - -- jgarzik@pobox.com 12/24/1998 - - -Some files in this directory are taken verbatim from glibc. -Do not modify them. If you find a bug, report it as you would any -glibc bug. - -When updating the glibc files in the master Gnome repository, be sure -to use "cvs import". That will ensure that any local changes are -merged in. - -Yes, there are some minor local changes. Hopefully these will be -sorted out with the glibc maintainer before long. - -- Tom Tromey - Wed, Mar 4 1998 - - - -Notes on CVS import: - -This directory has files from two "vendors". There are, thus, two -vendor branches - - 1.1.1 GNU - 1.1.2 SNPRINTF_de_Raadt - -The files that have "vendor" versions are: - - argp-ba.c GNU - argp-eexst.c GNU - argp-fmtstream.c GNU - argp-fmtstream.h GNU - argp-fs-xinl.c GNU - argp-help.c GNU - argp-namefrob.h GNU - argp-parse.c GNU - argp-pv.c GNU - argp-pvh.c GNU - argp-test.c GNU - argp-xinl.c GNU - argp.h GNU - getopt.c GNU - getopt.h GNU - getopt1.c GNU - strcasecmp.c GNU - strndup.c GNU - strnlen.c GNU - strtok_r.c GNU - vasprintf.c GNU - vsnprintf.c SNPRINTF_de_Raadt - -To find out the list of changes made against a "vendor" revision, you -can say - - cvs diff -r - -When any of these files are changed by the vendor, they can be -reimported. At the time of importing, please make sure you use the -correct branch revision and vendor tag. - -So, if you are importing changes to any of the `GNU' files, please use - - cvs import -b 1.1.1 gnome-common/support GNU - -If you are importing changes to "SNPRINTF_de_Raadt" files, please use - - cvs import -b 1.1.2 gnome-common/support SNPRINTF_de_Raadt - ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - | | - Branch revision Vendor Tag - -In other words the "Branch revision" and "Vendor Tag" must agree. - -- Raja R Harinath - 1998-03-11 - - - -Good places to get "support" functions: - -`libgnomesupport' is essentially a `glibc' emulation library, and hence -`glibc' itself is a good source. However, some of the functions cannot -be easily ripped out and put here (esp. any of the stdio-derived -functions). Other places are: - -* libiberty from your friendly Cygnus source distribution, e.g., - binutils, gdb. The only caveat is that these cannot be used drop-in: - you have to remove references to other files in the Cygnus tree &c. - -* libit, which appeared briefly on ftp://alpha.gnu.org - -* Jim Meyering's collection from his `fileutils'/`sh-utils'/`textutils' - packages - -- Raja R Harinath - 1998-03-28 diff --git a/support/README.cvs-commits b/support/README.cvs-commits deleted file mode 100644 index 88e3d581..00000000 --- a/support/README.cvs-commits +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS - -which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects -a very large number of modules. - -Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you -commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me -a patch and I'll commit it for you it it's ok. - -Thanks for your understanding, - -August 1st, 2001 -Martin Baulig - diff --git a/support/canonicalize.c b/support/canonicalize.c deleted file mode 100644 index a04a0eca..00000000 --- a/support/canonicalize.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file. - Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name - does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated path - separators ('/') or symlinks. All path components must exist. If - RESOLVED is null, the result is malloc'd; otherwise, if the - canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with `errno' - set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX chars, - returns the name in RESOLVED. If the name cannot be resolved and - RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the path of the first component - that cannot be resolved. If the path can be resolved, RESOLVED - holds the same value as the value returned. */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -#define set_errno(e) __set_errno(e) -#else -#define set_errno(e) errno = (e) -#endif - -static char * -canonicalize (const char *name, char *resolved) -{ - char *rpath, *dest, *extra_buf = NULL; - const char *start, *end, *rpath_limit; - long int path_max; - int num_links = 0; - -#ifdef PATH_MAX - path_max = PATH_MAX; -#else - path_max = pathconf (name, _PC_PATH_MAX); - if (path_max <= 0) - path_max = 1024; -#endif - - rpath = resolved ? __alloca (path_max) : malloc (path_max); - rpath_limit = rpath + path_max; - - if (name[0] != '/') - { - if (!getcwd (rpath, path_max)) - goto error; - dest = strchr (rpath, '\0'); - } - else - { - rpath[0] = '/'; - dest = rpath + 1; - } - - for (start = end = name; *start; start = end) - { - struct stat st; - int n; - - /* skip sequence of multiple path-separators: */ - while (*start == '/') ++start; - - /* find end of path component: */ - for (end = start; *end && *end != '/'; ++end); - - if (end - start == 0) - break; - else if (strncmp (start, ".", end - start) == 0) - /* nothing */; - else if (strncmp (start, "..", end - start) == 0) { - /* back up to previous component, ignore if at root already: */ - if (dest > rpath + 1) - while ((--dest)[-1] != '/'); - } else - { - size_t new_size; - - if (dest[-1] != '/') - *dest++ = '/'; - - if (dest + (end - start) >= rpath_limit) - { - if (resolved) - { - set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG); - goto error; - } - new_size = rpath_limit - rpath; - if (end - start + 1 > path_max) - new_size += end - start + 1; - else - new_size += path_max; - rpath = realloc (rpath, new_size); - rpath_limit = rpath + new_size; - if (!rpath) - return NULL; - } - - memcpy (dest, start, end - start); - dest += end - start; - *dest = '\0'; - - if (__lstat (rpath, &st) < 0) - goto error; - - if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode)) - { - char *buf = __alloca (path_max); - - if (++num_links > MAXSYMLINKS) - { - set_errno (ELOOP); - goto error; - } - - n = readlink (rpath, buf, path_max); - if (n < 0) - goto error; - buf[n] = '\0'; - - if (!extra_buf) - extra_buf = __alloca (path_max); - - if ((long int) (n + strlen (end)) >= path_max) - { - set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG); - goto error; - } - - /* careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */ - strcat (buf, end); - strcpy (extra_buf, buf); - name = end = extra_buf; - - if (buf[0] == '/') - dest = rpath + 1; /* it's an absolute symlink */ - else - /* back up to previous component, ignore if at root already: */ - if (dest > rpath + 1) - while ((--dest)[-1] != '/'); - } - else - num_links = 0; - } - } - if (dest > rpath + 1 && dest[-1] == '/') - --dest; - *dest = '\0'; - - return resolved ? strcpy (resolved, rpath) : rpath; - -error: - if (resolved) - strcpy (resolved, rpath); - else - free (rpath); - return NULL; -} - -char * -realpath (const char *name, char *resolved) -{ - if (resolved == NULL) - { - set_errno (EINVAL); - return NULL; - } - - return canonicalize (name, resolved); -} - -#if 0 -char * -canonicalize_file_name (const char *name) -{ - return canonicalize (name, NULL); -} -#endif diff --git a/support/easy-vsnprintf.c b/support/easy-vsnprintf.c deleted file mode 100644 index b50df741..00000000 --- a/support/easy-vsnprintf.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -/* (v)snprintf in terms of __(v)snprintf - * - * Useful with Solaris 2.5 libc, which appears to have the `__*' versions - * of (v)snprintf. - * - * This file is in the public domain - * (in case it matters) - */ - -#include -#include - -extern int __vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list); - -int -vsnprintf (char *string, size_t maxlen, const char *format, va_list args) -{ - return __vsnprintf (string, maxlen, format, args); -} - -int -snprintf (char *string, size_t maxlen, const char *format, ...) -{ - va_list args; - int retval; - va_start(args, format); - retval = vsnprintf (string, maxlen, format, args); - va_end(args); - return retval; -} diff --git a/support/error.c b/support/error.c deleted file mode 100644 index b0264bc6..00000000 --- a/support/error.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities - Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of - the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -/* Written by David MacKenzie . */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include - -#include - -#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC -# if __STDC__ -# include -# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg) -# else -# include -# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args) -# endif -#else -# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8 -# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8; -#endif - -#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC -# include -# include -#else -void exit (); -#endif - -#include "error.h" - -#ifndef _ -# define _(String) String -#endif - -/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program - name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this - function without parameters instead. */ -void (*error_print_progname) ( -#if __STDC__ - 0 - void -#endif - ); - -/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */ -unsigned int error_message_count; - -#if HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME || _LIBC -/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */ - -# define program_name program_invocation_name -# include - -#else - -/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the - name of the executing program. */ -extern char *program_name; - -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly. - Instead make it a weak alias. */ -# define error __error -# define error_at_line __error_at_line - -# define strerror_r __strerror_r - -#else /* not _LIBC */ - -# if ! HAVE_STRERROR_R -# if HAVE_STRERROR -# ifndef strerror /* On some systems, strerror is a macro */ -char *strerror (); -# endif -# else -static char * -private_strerror (errnum) - int errnum; -{ - extern char *sys_errlist[]; - extern int sys_nerr; - - if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr) - return _(sys_errlist[errnum]); - return _("Unknown system error"); -} -# define strerror private_strerror -# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */ -# endif /* ! HAVE_STRERROR_R */ -#endif /* not _LIBC */ - -/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style - format string with optional args. - If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message. - Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */ -/* VARARGS */ - -void -#if defined VA_START && __STDC__ -error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...) -#else -error (status, errnum, message, va_alist) - int status; - int errnum; - char *message; - va_dcl -#endif -{ -#ifdef VA_START - va_list args; -#endif - - if (error_print_progname) - (*error_print_progname) (); - else - { - fflush (stdout); - fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name); - } - -#ifdef VA_START - VA_START (args, message); -# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC - vfprintf (stderr, message, args); -# else - _doprnt (message, args, stderr); -# endif - va_end (args); -#else - fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); -#endif - - ++error_message_count; - if (errnum) - { -#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC - char errbuf[1024]; - fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf)); -#else - fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum)); -#endif - } - putc ('\n', stderr); - fflush (stderr); - if (status) - exit (status); -} - -/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This - variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */ -int error_one_per_line; - -void -#if defined VA_START && __STDC__ -error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name, - unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...) -#else -error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist) - int status; - int errnum; - const char *file_name; - unsigned int line_number; - char *message; - va_dcl -#endif -{ -#ifdef VA_START - va_list args; -#endif - - if (error_one_per_line) - { - static const char *old_file_name; - static unsigned int old_line_number; - - if (old_line_number == line_number && - (file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name))) - /* Simply return and print nothing. */ - return; - - old_file_name = file_name; - old_line_number = line_number; - } - - if (error_print_progname) - (*error_print_progname) (); - else - { - fflush (stdout); - fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name); - } - - if (file_name != NULL) - fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number); - -#ifdef VA_START - VA_START (args, message); -# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC - vfprintf (stderr, message, args); -# else - _doprnt (message, args, stderr); -# endif - va_end (args); -#else - fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); -#endif - - ++error_message_count; - if (errnum) - { -#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC - char errbuf[1024]; - fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf)); -#else - fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum)); -#endif - } - putc ('\n', stderr); - fflush (stderr); - if (status) - exit (status); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Make the weak alias. */ -# undef error -# undef error_at_line -weak_alias (__error, error) -weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line) -#endif diff --git a/support/error.h b/support/error.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0d3bcb7a..00000000 --- a/support/error.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/* Declaration for error-reporting function - Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of - the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifndef _ERROR_H -#define _ERROR_H 1 - -#ifndef __attribute__ -/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */ -# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__ -# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */ -# endif -/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes - are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */ -# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) -# define __format__ format -# define __printf__ printf -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ - -/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)'; - if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM). - If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'. */ - -extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...) - __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4))); - -extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname, - unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...) - __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6))); - -/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program - name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this - function without parameters instead. */ -extern void (*error_print_progname) (void); - -#else -void error (); -void error_at_line (); -extern void (*error_print_progname) (); -#endif - -/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */ -extern unsigned int error_message_count; - -/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This - variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */ -extern int error_one_per_line; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* error.h */ diff --git a/support/findme.c b/support/findme.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6d1b41c1..00000000 --- a/support/findme.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#include "system.h" -#include "findme.h" - -const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0) { - char * path = getenv("PATH"); - char * pathbuf; - char * start, * chptr; - char * buf; - - /* If there is a / in the argv[0], it has to be an absolute - path */ - if (strchr(argv0, '/')) - return xstrdup(argv0); - - if (!path) return NULL; - - start = pathbuf = alloca(strlen(path) + 1); - buf = malloc(strlen(path) + strlen(argv0) + 2); - strcpy(pathbuf, path); - - chptr = NULL; - do { - if ((chptr = strchr(start, ':'))) - *chptr = '\0'; - sprintf(buf, "%s/%s", start, argv0); - - if (!access(buf, X_OK)) - return buf; - - if (chptr) - start = chptr + 1; - else - start = NULL; - } while (start && *start); - - free(buf); - - return NULL; -} diff --git a/support/findme.h b/support/findme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5e93963d..00000000 --- a/support/findme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#ifndef H_FINDME -#define H_FINDME - -const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0); - -#endif diff --git a/support/getopt.c b/support/getopt.c deleted file mode 100644 index 31999258..00000000 --- a/support/getopt.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1041 +0,0 @@ -/* Getopt for GNU. - NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what - "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu - before changing it! - - Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in . - Ditto for AIX 3.2 and . */ -#ifndef _NO_PROTO -#define _NO_PROTO -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include -#endif - -#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ -/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems - reject `defined (const)'. */ -#ifndef const -#define const -#endif -#endif - -#include - -/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not - actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C - Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling - and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library - (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU - program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, - it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ - -#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 -#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2 -#include -#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION -#define ELIDE_CODE -#endif -#endif - -#ifndef ELIDE_CODE - - -/* This needs to come after some library #include - to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them - contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ -#include -#include -#endif /* GNU C library. */ - -#ifdef VMS -#include -#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0 -#include -#endif -#endif - -#ifndef _ -/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. - When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */ -#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H -# include -# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) -#else -# define _(msgid) (msgid) -#endif -#endif - -/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' - but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user - to intersperse the options with the other arguments. - - As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, - when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus - all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. - - Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. - Then the behavior is completely standard. - - GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which - they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ - -#include "getopt.h" - -/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. - When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, - the argument value is returned here. - Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, - each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ - -char *optarg = NULL; - -/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. - This is used for communication to and from the caller - and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. - - On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. - - When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the - non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. - - Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next - how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ - -/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ -int optind = 1; - -/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which - causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't - know that. */ - -int __getopt_initialized = 0; - -/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element - in which the last option character we returned was found. - This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. - - If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan - by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ - -static char *nextchar; - -/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message - for unrecognized options. */ - -int opterr = 1; - -/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. - This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the - system's own getopt implementation. */ - -int optopt = '?'; - -/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. - - If the caller did not specify anything, - the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable - POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. - - REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; - stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. - This is what Unix does. - This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment - variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character - of the list of option characters. - - PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, - so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options - to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to - expect this. - - RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written - to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about - the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element - as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. - Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters - selects this mode of operation. - - The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless - of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only - `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */ - -static enum -{ - REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER -} ordering; - -/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */ -static char *posixly_correct; - -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries - because there are many ways it can cause trouble. - On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work - in GCC. */ -#include -#define my_index strchr -#else - -/* Avoid depending on library functions or files - whose names are inconsistent. */ - -char *getenv (); - -static char * -my_index (str, chr) - const char *str; - int chr; -{ - while (*str) - { - if (*str == chr) - return (char *) str; - str++; - } - return 0; -} - -/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. - If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. - That was relevant to code that was here before. */ -#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ -/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, - and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ -extern int strlen (const char *); -#endif /* not __STDC__ */ -#endif /* __GNUC__ */ - -#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ - -/* Handle permutation of arguments. */ - -/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have - been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; - `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ - -static int first_nonopt; -static int last_nonopt; - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags - indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */ - -/* Defined in getopt_init.c */ -extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags; - -static int nonoption_flags_max_len; -static int nonoption_flags_len; - -static int original_argc; -static char *const *original_argv; - -/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment - is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed - to getopt is that one passed to the process. */ -static void -__attribute__ ((unused)) -store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv) -{ - /* XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so - that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */ - original_argc = argc; - original_argv = argv; -} -# ifdef text_set_element -text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env); -# endif /* text_set_element */ - -# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \ - if (nonoption_flags_len > 0) \ - { \ - char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \ - __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \ - __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \ - } -#else /* !_LIBC */ -# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) -#endif /* _LIBC */ - -/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. - One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) - which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. - The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all - the options processed since those non-options were skipped. - - `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe - the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ - -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ -static void exchange (char **); -#endif - -static void -exchange (argv) - char **argv; -{ - int bottom = first_nonopt; - int middle = last_nonopt; - int top = optind; - char *tem; - - /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. - That puts the shorter segment into the right place. - It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, - but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ - -#ifdef _LIBC - /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags' - string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range - of the string. */ - if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len) - { - /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and - presents new arguments. */ - char *new_str = malloc (top + 1); - if (new_str == NULL) - nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0; - else - { - memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, - nonoption_flags_max_len), - '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len); - nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1; - __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str; - } - } -#endif - - while (top > middle && middle > bottom) - { - if (top - middle > middle - bottom) - { - /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ - int len = middle - bottom; - register int i; - - /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - tem = argv[bottom + i]; - argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; - argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; - SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i); - } - /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ - top -= len; - } - else - { - /* Top segment is the short one. */ - int len = top - middle; - register int i; - - /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - tem = argv[bottom + i]; - argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; - argv[middle + i] = tem; - SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i); - } - /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ - bottom += len; - } - } - - /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ - - first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); - last_nonopt = optind; -} - -/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ - -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ -static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *); -#endif -static const char * -_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; -{ - /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 - is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped - non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ - - first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind; - - nextchar = NULL; - - posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); - - /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ - - if (optstring[0] == '-') - { - ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; - ++optstring; - } - else if (optstring[0] == '+') - { - ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; - ++optstring; - } - else if (posixly_correct != NULL) - ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; - else - ordering = PERMUTE; - -#ifdef _LIBC - if (posixly_correct == NULL - && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv) - { - if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0) - { - if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL - || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0') - nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; - else - { - const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags; - int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str); - if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc) - nonoption_flags_max_len = argc; - __getopt_nonoption_flags = - (char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len); - if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL) - nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; - else - memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len), - '\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len); - } - } - nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len; - } - else - nonoption_flags_len = 0; -#endif - - return optstring; -} - -/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters - given in OPTSTRING. - - If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", - then it is an option element. The characters of this element - (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' - is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters - from each of the option elements. - - If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, - updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can - resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. - - If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1. - Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element - that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted - so that those that are not options now come last.) - - OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. - If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, - return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to - zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. - - If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, - so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following - ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that - wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, - it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. - - If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of - handling the non-option ARGV-elements. - See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. - - Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. - Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique - or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an - argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated - from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. - When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's - `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field - if the `flag' field is zero. - - The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. - But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible - with other systems. - - LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an - element containing a name which is zero. - - LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. - It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most - recent call. - - If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce - long-named options. */ - -int -_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; - const struct option *longopts; - int *longind; - int long_only; -{ - optarg = NULL; - - if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized) - { - if (optind == 0) - optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ - optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring); - __getopt_initialized = 1; - } - - /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. - Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag - from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information - is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \ - || (optind < nonoption_flags_len \ - && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1')) -#else -#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0') -#endif - - if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') - { - /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ - - /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been - moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */ - if (last_nonopt > optind) - last_nonopt = optind; - if (first_nonopt > optind) - first_nonopt = optind; - - if (ordering == PERMUTE) - { - /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, - exchange them so that the options come first. */ - - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) - exchange ((char **) argv); - else if (last_nonopt != optind) - first_nonopt = optind; - - /* Skip any additional non-options - and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ - - while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P) - optind++; - last_nonopt = optind; - } - - /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. - Skip it like a null option, - then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, - then skip everything else like a non-option. */ - - if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) - { - optind++; - - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) - exchange ((char **) argv); - else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) - first_nonopt = optind; - last_nonopt = argc; - - optind = argc; - } - - /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan - and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ - - if (optind == argc) - { - /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options - that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) - optind = first_nonopt; - return -1; - } - - /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, - either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ - - if (NONOPTION_P) - { - if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) - return -1; - optarg = argv[optind++]; - return 1; - } - - /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. - Skip the initial punctuation. */ - - nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 - + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); - } - - /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ - - /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. - - If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is - a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of - a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no - way to give the -f short option. - - On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and - the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of - the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". - - This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ - - if (longopts != NULL - && (argv[optind][1] == '-' - || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) - { - char *nameend; - const struct option *p; - const struct option *pfound = NULL; - int exact = 0; - int ambig = 0; - int indfound = -1; - int option_index; - - for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) - /* Do nothing. */ ; - - /* Test all long options for either exact match - or abbreviated matches. */ - for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) - if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) - { - if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) - == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name)) - { - /* Exact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - exact = 1; - break; - } - else if (pfound == NULL) - { - /* First nonexact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - } - else - /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ - ambig = 1; - } - - if (ambig && !exact) - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - optind++; - optopt = 0; - return '?'; - } - - if (pfound != NULL) - { - option_index = indfound; - optind++; - if (*nameend) - { - /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't - allow it to be used on enums. */ - if (pfound->has_arg) - optarg = nameend + 1; - else - { - if (opterr) - if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') - /* --option */ - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), - argv[0], pfound->name); - else - /* +option or -option */ - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); - - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - - optopt = pfound->val; - return '?'; - } - } - else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) - { - if (optind < argc) - optarg = argv[optind++]; - else - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - optopt = pfound->val; - return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; - } - } - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - if (longind != NULL) - *longind = option_index; - if (pfound->flag) - { - *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; - return 0; - } - return pfound->val; - } - - /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, - or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short - option, then it's an error. - Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ - if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' - || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) - { - if (opterr) - { - if (argv[optind][1] == '-') - /* --option */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), - argv[0], nextchar); - else - /* +option or -option */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); - } - nextchar = (char *) ""; - optind++; - optopt = 0; - return '?'; - } - } - - /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ - - { - char c = *nextchar++; - char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); - - /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ - if (*nextchar == '\0') - ++optind; - - if (temp == NULL || c == ':') - { - if (opterr) - { - if (posixly_correct) - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - else - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - } - optopt = c; - return '?'; - } - /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */ - if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';') - { - char *nameend; - const struct option *p; - const struct option *pfound = NULL; - int exact = 0; - int ambig = 0; - int indfound = 0; - int option_index; - - /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, - we must advance to the next element now. */ - optind++; - } - else if (optind == argc) - { - if (opterr) - { - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - } - optopt = c; - if (optstring[0] == ':') - c = ':'; - else - c = '?'; - return c; - } - else - /* We already incremented `optind' once; - increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ - optarg = argv[optind++]; - - /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the - table of longopts. */ - - for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) - /* Do nothing. */ ; - - /* Test all long options for either exact match - or abbreviated matches. */ - for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) - if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) - { - if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name)) - { - /* Exact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - exact = 1; - break; - } - else if (pfound == NULL) - { - /* First nonexact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - } - else - /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ - ambig = 1; - } - if (ambig && !exact) - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - optind++; - return '?'; - } - if (pfound != NULL) - { - option_index = indfound; - if (*nameend) - { - /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't - allow it to be used on enums. */ - if (pfound->has_arg) - optarg = nameend + 1; - else - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, _("\ -%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), - argv[0], pfound->name); - - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - return '?'; - } - } - else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) - { - if (optind < argc) - optarg = argv[optind++]; - else - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; - } - } - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - if (longind != NULL) - *longind = option_index; - if (pfound->flag) - { - *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; - return 0; - } - return pfound->val; - } - nextchar = NULL; - return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */ - } - if (temp[1] == ':') - { - if (temp[2] == ':') - { - /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - optind++; - } - else - optarg = NULL; - nextchar = NULL; - } - else - { - /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, - we must advance to the next element now. */ - optind++; - } - else if (optind == argc) - { - if (opterr) - { - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - } - optopt = c; - if (optstring[0] == ':') - c = ':'; - else - c = '?'; - } - else - /* We already incremented `optind' once; - increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ - optarg = argv[optind++]; - nextchar = NULL; - } - } - return c; - } -} - -int -getopt (argc, argv, optstring) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, - (const struct option *) 0, - (int *) 0, - 0); -} - -#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ - -#ifdef TEST - -/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing - the above definition of `getopt'. */ - -int -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char **argv; -{ - int c; - int digit_optind = 0; - - while (1) - { - int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; - - c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); - if (c == -1) - break; - - switch (c) - { - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) - printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); - digit_optind = this_option_optind; - printf ("option %c\n", c); - break; - - case 'a': - printf ("option a\n"); - break; - - case 'b': - printf ("option b\n"); - break; - - case 'c': - printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case '?': - break; - - default: - printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); - } - } - - if (optind < argc) - { - printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); - while (optind < argc) - printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); - printf ("\n"); - } - - exit (0); -} - -#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/support/getopt.h b/support/getopt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9b25f902..00000000 --- a/support/getopt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -/* Declarations for getopt. - Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETOPT_H -#define _GETOPT_H 1 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. - When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, - the argument value is returned here. - Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, - each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ - -extern char *optarg; - -/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. - This is used for communication to and from the caller - and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. - - On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. - - When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the - non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. - - Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next - how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ - -extern int optind; - -/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints - for unrecognized options. */ - -extern int opterr; - -/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ - -extern int optopt; - -/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. - The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector - of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is - zero. - - The field `has_arg' is: - no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, - required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, - optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. - - If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set - to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but - left unchanged if the option is not found. - - To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to - a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the - option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero - value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is - one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' - returns the contents of the `val' field. */ - -struct option -{ -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ - const char *name; -#else - char *name; -#endif - /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about - type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ - int has_arg; - int *flag; - int val; -}; - -/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ - -#define no_argument 0 -#define required_argument 1 -#define optional_argument 2 - -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with - differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation - errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ -extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); -#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ -#ifndef __cplusplus -/* C++ is more pedantic, and demands a full prototype, not this. - Hope that stdlib.h has a prototype for `getopt'. */ -extern int getopt (); -#endif /* __cplusplus */ -#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ -extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind); -extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, - const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind); - -/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ -extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, - const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind, - int long_only); -#else /* not __STDC__ */ -extern int getopt (); -extern int getopt_long (); -extern int getopt_long_only (); - -extern int _getopt_internal (); -#endif /* __STDC__ */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* getopt.h */ diff --git a/support/getopt1.c b/support/getopt1.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4aa8de6f..00000000 --- a/support/getopt1.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. - Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include -#endif - -#include "getopt.h" - -#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ -/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems - reject `defined (const)'. */ -#ifndef const -#define const -#endif -#endif - -#include - -/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not - actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C - Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling - and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library - (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU - program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, - it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ - -#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 -#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2 -#include -#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION -#define ELIDE_CODE -#endif -#endif - -#ifndef ELIDE_CODE - - -/* This needs to come after some library #include - to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -#include -#endif - -#ifndef NULL -#define NULL 0 -#endif - -int -getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *options; - const struct option *long_options; - int *opt_index; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); -} - -/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. - If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, - but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option - instead. */ - -int -getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *options; - const struct option *long_options; - int *opt_index; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); -} - - -#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ - -#ifdef TEST - -#include - -int -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char **argv; -{ - int c; - int digit_optind = 0; - - while (1) - { - int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; - int option_index = 0; - static struct option long_options[] = - { - {"add", 1, 0, 0}, - {"append", 0, 0, 0}, - {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, - {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, - {"create", 0, 0, 0}, - {"file", 1, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0} - }; - - c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", - long_options, &option_index); - if (c == -1) - break; - - switch (c) - { - case 0: - printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); - if (optarg) - printf (" with arg %s", optarg); - printf ("\n"); - break; - - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) - printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); - digit_optind = this_option_optind; - printf ("option %c\n", c); - break; - - case 'a': - printf ("option a\n"); - break; - - case 'b': - printf ("option b\n"); - break; - - case 'c': - printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case 'd': - printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case '?': - break; - - default: - printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); - } - } - - if (optind < argc) - { - printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); - while (optind < argc) - printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); - printf ("\n"); - } - - exit (0); -} - -#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/support/gnome-argp.c b/support/gnome-argp.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8f908628..00000000 --- a/support/gnome-argp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -/* Gnome-specific code to help with argp integration. - Written by Tom Tromey . */ - -#include - -#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME -char *program_invocation_short_name; -#endif - -#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME -char *program_invocation_name; -#endif diff --git a/support/gnome-argp.h b/support/gnome-argp.h deleted file mode 100644 index fc18a87f..00000000 --- a/support/gnome-argp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -/* Gnome-specific code to help with argp integration. - Written by Tom Tromey . */ - -#ifndef __GNOME_ARGP_H__ -#define __GNOME_ARGP_H__ - -#ifndef HAVE_STRNDUP -/* Like strdup, but only copy N chars. */ -extern char *strndup (const char *s, size_t n); -#endif - -/* Some systems, like Red Hat 4.0, define these but don't declare - them. Hopefully it is safe to always declare them here. */ -extern char *program_invocation_short_name; -extern char *program_invocation_name; - -#define __mempcpy(To,From,Len) ((char *)memcpy ((To), (From), (Len)) + (Len)) - -#endif /* __GNOME_ARGP_H__ */ diff --git a/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in b/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in deleted file mode 100644 index 4741ef0f..00000000 --- a/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -prefix=@prefix@ -exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ -libdir=@libdir@ -includedir=@includedir@ - -Name: gnome-support -Description: GNOME support library -Version: @VERSION@ -Requires: gnome-common-2.0 -Libs: -lgnomesupport-1.3 -Cflags: \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/support/gnomesupport-fake.h b/support/gnomesupport-fake.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3431ce92..00000000 --- a/support/gnomesupport-fake.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_ -#define GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_ - -#if HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -/* ??? This is required to get `size_t' on some systems. */ -#include - -#include - -/* Some systems, like Red Hat 4.0, define these but don't declare - them. Hopefully it is safe to always declare them here. */ -extern char *program_invocation_short_name; -extern char *program_invocation_name; - -/* Override some of config.h. - Gnomesupport provides the replacements for these, so you actually - HAVE_ them. */ - -#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR -# define HAVE_STRERROR 1 -#endif - -#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME -# define HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1 -#endif - -#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME -# define HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1 -#endif - -#endif /* GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_ */ diff --git a/support/gnomesupport.awk b/support/gnomesupport.awk deleted file mode 100644 index 2f89ab6a..00000000 --- a/support/gnomesupport.awk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,208 +0,0 @@ -# This program is used to generate gnomesupport.h - -# Print prologue -BEGIN { - print "/* gnomesupport.h */"; - print "/* This is a generated file. Please modify `gnomesupport.awk' */"; - print ""; - print "#ifndef GNOMESUPPORT_H"; - print "#define GNOMESUPPORT_H"; - print ""; - print "#include /* for size_t */"; -} - -# For each `#define HAVE_FOO 1', set def["HAVE_FOO"] = 1 -/^\#define[ \t]/ { def[$2] = 1; } - -END { - if (!def["HAVE_VASPRINTF"] || !def["HAVE_VSNPRINTF"]) { - print "#include "; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_SCANDIR"] || def["NEED_DECLARATION_SCANDIR"]) { - print "#include "; - - if (def["HAVE_DIRENT_H"]) { - print "#include "; - print "#define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)"; - } else { - print "#define dirent direct"; - print "#define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen"; - - if (def["HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H"]) - print "#include "; - if (def["HAVE_SYS_DIR_H"]) - print "#include "; - if (def["HAVE_NDIR_H"]) - print "#include "; - } - } - - print ""; - print "#ifdef __cplusplus"; - print "extern \"C\" {"; - print "#endif /* __cplusplus */"; - - if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_GETHOSTNAME"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Get name of current host. */"; - print "int gethostname(char */*name*/, int /*namelen*/);"; - } - - if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_SETREUID"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Set real and effective user ID. */"; - print "int setreuid(uid_t /*ruid*/, uid_t /*euid*/);"; - } - - if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_SETREGID"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Set real and effective group ID. */"; - print "int setregid(gid_t /*rgid*/, gid_t /*egid*/);"; - } - - if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_GETPAGESIZE"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Get system page size. */"; - print "size_t getpagesize(void);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_MEMMOVE"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Copies len bytes from src to dest. */"; - print "void * memmove (void */*dest*/, const void */*src*/, size_t /*len*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_MKSTEMP"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE."; - print " The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";"; - print " they are replaced with a string that makes the filename"; - print " unique. Returns a file descriptor open on the file for"; - print " reading and writing. */"; - print "int mkstemp (char */*template*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_SCANDIR"] || def["NEED_DECLARATION_SCANDIR"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Scan the directory DIR, calling SELECTOR on each directory"; - print " entry. Entries for which SELECTOR returns nonzero are"; - print " individually malloc'd, sorted using qsort with CMP, and"; - print " collected in a malloc'd array in *NAMELIST. Returns the"; - print " number of entries selected, or -1 on error. */"; - print "int scandir (const char */*dir*/, struct dirent ***/*namelist*/,"; - print " int (*/*selector*/) (struct dirent *),"; - print " int (*/*cmp*/) (const void *, const void *));"; - print ""; - print "/* Function to compare two `struct dirent's alphabetically. */"; - print "int alphasort (const void */*a*/, const void */*b*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRERROR"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Return a string describing the meaning of the `errno' code"; - print " in ERRNUM. */"; - print "extern char *strerror (int /*errnum*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRCASECMP"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case. */"; - print "int strcasecmp (const char */*s1*/, const char */*s2*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRNDUP"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Return a malloc'd copy of at most N bytes of STRING. The"; - print " resultant string is terminated even if no null terminator"; - print " appears before STRING[N]. */"; - print "char * strndup (const char */*s*/, size_t /*n*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRNLEN"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN"; - print " characters. If no '\\0' terminator is found in that many"; - print " characters, return MAXLEN. */"; - print "size_t strnlen (const char */*string*/, size_t /*maxlen*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRTOK_R"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Divide S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM."; - print " Information passed between calls are stored in SAVE_PTR. */"; - print "char * strtok_r (char */*s*/, const char */*delim*/,"; - print " char **/*save_ptr*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRTOD"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by"; - print " nptr to double representation and return the converted value."; - print " If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the"; - print " last character used in the conversion is stored in the"; - print " location referenced by endptr. */"; - print "double strtod (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRTOL"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by"; - print " nptr to a long integer value according to the given base."; - print " If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the"; - print " last character used in the conversion is stored in the"; - print " location referenced by endptr. */"; - print "long int strtol (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/, int /*base*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRTOUL"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by"; - print " nptr to an unsigned long integer value according to the given base."; - print " If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the"; - print " last character used in the conversion is stored in the"; - print " location referenced by endptr. */"; - print "unsigned long int strtoul (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/,"; - print " int /*base*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_VASPRINTF"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with"; - print " `malloc'. Store the address of the string in *PTR. */"; - print "int vasprintf (char **/*ptr*/, const char */*format*/,"; - print " va_list /*args*/);"; - print "int asprintf (char **/*ptr*/, const char */*format*/, ...);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_VSNPRINTF"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Maximum chars of output to write is MAXLEN. */"; - print "int vsnprintf (char */*str*/, size_t /*maxlen*/,"; - print " char */*fmt*/, va_list /*ap*/);"; - print "int snprintf (char */*str*/, size_t /*maxlen*/,"; - print " char */*fmt*/, ...);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_REALPATH"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name"; - print " does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated path"; - print " separators ('/') or symlinks. All path components must exist."; - print " If the canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with"; - print " `errno' set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX"; - print " chars, returns the name in RESOLVED. If the name cannot be resolved"; - print " and RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the path of the first component"; - print " that cannot be resolved. If the path can be resolved, RESOLVED"; - print " holds the same value as the value returned. */"; - print ""; - print "char *realpath (char */*path*/, char /*resolved_path*/[]);"; - } - - print ""; - print "#ifdef __cplusplus"; - print "}"; - print "#endif /* __cplusplus */"; - print ""; - print "#endif /* GNOMESUPPORT_H */"; -} diff --git a/support/memmove.c b/support/memmove.c deleted file mode 100644 index 96e257ed..00000000 --- a/support/memmove.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's memmove using BSD's bcopy. */ -/* This function is in the public domain. --Per Bothner. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -#include -#else -#define size_t unsigned long -#endif - -void * -memmove (s1, s2, n) - void *s1; - const void *s2; - size_t n; -{ - bcopy (s2, s1, n); - return s1; -} diff --git a/support/mkstemp.c b/support/mkstemp.c deleted file mode 100644 index 09c5a55e..00000000 --- a/support/mkstemp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#ifdef _LIBC -#include -#define gettimeofday __gettimeofday -#define set_errno(e) __set_errno(e) -typedef uint64_t big_type; -#else -#define set_errno(e) errno = (e) -/* FIXME: maybe check for long long. */ -typedef long big_type; -#endif - -/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE. - The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX"; - they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique. - Returns a file descriptor open on the file for reading and writing. */ -int -mkstemp (template) - char *template; -{ - static const char letters[] - = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789"; - static big_type value; - struct timeval tv; - char *XXXXXX; - size_t len; - int count; - - len = strlen (template); - if (len < 6 || strcmp (&template[len - 6], "XXXXXX")) - { - set_errno (EINVAL); - return -1; - } - - /* This is where the Xs start. */ - XXXXXX = &template[len - 6]; - - /* Get some more or less random data. */ - gettimeofday (&tv, NULL); - value += ((big_type) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec ^ getpid (); - - for (count = 0; count < TMP_MAX; ++count) - { - big_type v = value; - int fd; - - /* Fill in the random bits. */ - XXXXXX[0] = letters[v % 62]; - v /= 62; - XXXXXX[1] = letters[v % 62]; - v /= 62; - XXXXXX[2] = letters[v % 62]; - v /= 62; - XXXXXX[3] = letters[v % 62]; - v /= 62; - XXXXXX[4] = letters[v % 62]; - v /= 62; - XXXXXX[5] = letters[v % 62]; - - fd = open (template, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600); - if (fd >= 0) - /* The file does not exist. */ - return fd; - - /* This is a random value. It is only necessary that the next - TMP_MAX values generated by adding 7777 to VALUE are different - with (module 2^32). */ - value += 7777; - } - - /* We return the null string if we can't find a unique file name. */ - template[0] = '\0'; - return -1; -} diff --git a/support/popt-gnome.h b/support/popt-gnome.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5046fade..00000000 --- a/support/popt-gnome.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#ifndef H_POPT -#define H_POPT - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include /* for FILE * */ - -#define POPT_OPTION_DEPTH 10 - -#define POPT_ARG_NONE 0 -#define POPT_ARG_STRING 1 -#define POPT_ARG_INT 2 -#define POPT_ARG_LONG 3 -#define POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE 4 /* arg points to table */ -#define POPT_ARG_CALLBACK 5 /* table-wide callback... must be - set first in table; arg points - to callback, descrip points to - callback data to pass */ -#define POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN 6 /* set the translation domain - for this table and any - included tables; arg points - to the domain string */ -#define POPT_ARG_VAL 7 /* arg should take value val */ -#define POPT_ARG_MASK 0x0000FFFF -#define POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH 0x80000000 /* allow -longoption */ -#define POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN 0x40000000 /* don't show in help/usage */ -#define POPT_CBFLAG_PRE 0x80000000 /* call the callback before parse */ -#define POPT_CBFLAG_POST 0x40000000 /* call the callback after parse */ -#define POPT_CBFLAG_INC_DATA 0x20000000 /* use data from the include line, - not the subtable */ - -#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG -10 -#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT -11 -#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP -13 -#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE -15 /* only from poptParseArgString() */ -#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO -16 /* only from poptParseArgString() */ -#define POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER -17 -#define POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW -18 - -/* poptBadOption() flags */ -#define POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS (1 << 0) /* don't go into an alias */ - -/* poptGetContext() flags */ -#define POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC (1 << 0) /* ignore exec expansions */ -#define POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST (1 << 1) /* pay attention to argv[0] */ -#define POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER (1 << 2) /* options can't follow args */ - -struct poptOption { - /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName; /* may be NULL */ - char shortName; /* may be '\0' */ - int argInfo; - /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ void * arg; /* depends on argInfo */ - int val; /* 0 means don't return, just update flag */ - /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * descrip; /* description for autohelp -- may be NULL */ - /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * argDescrip; /* argument description for autohelp */ -}; - -struct poptAlias { - /*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName; /* may be NULL */ - char shortName; /* may be '\0' */ - int argc; - /*@owned@*/ const char ** argv; /* must be free()able */ -}; - -extern struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[]; -#define POPT_AUTOHELP { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptHelpOptions, \ - 0, "Help options", NULL }, - -typedef struct poptContext_s * poptContext; -#ifndef __cplusplus -typedef struct poptOption * poptOption; -#endif - -enum poptCallbackReason { POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE, - POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST, - POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION }; -typedef void (*poptCallbackType)(poptContext con, - enum poptCallbackReason reason, - const struct poptOption * opt, - const char * arg, const void * data); - -/*@only@*/ poptContext poptGetContext(/*@keep@*/ const char * name, - int argc, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv, - /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options, int flags); -void poptResetContext(poptContext con); - -/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */ -int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con); -/* returns NULL if no argument is available */ -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con); -/* returns NULL if no more options are available */ -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetArg(poptContext con); -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con); -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con); -/* returns the option which caused the most recent error */ -/*@observer@*/ const char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags); -void poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ poptContext con); -int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv); -int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias, int flags); -int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn); -/* like above, but reads /etc/popt and $HOME/.popt along with environment - vars */ -int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, int useEnv); -/* argv should be freed -- this allows ', ", and \ quoting, but ' is treated - the same as " and both may include \ quotes */ -int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv, - /*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr); -int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, - /*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr); -/*@observer@*/ const char *const poptStrerror(const int error); -void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute); -void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * f, int flags); -void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * f, int flags); -void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text); -/*@observer@*/ const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/support/popt.c b/support/popt.c deleted file mode 100644 index 283cf83c..00000000 --- a/support/popt.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,713 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#include "system.h" -#include "findme.h" -#include "poptint.h" - -#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR -static char * strerror(int errno) { - extern int sys_nerr; - extern char * sys_errlist[]; - - if ((0 <= errno) && (errno < sys_nerr)) - return sys_errlist[errno]; - else - return POPT_("unknown errno"); -} -#endif - -void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute) { - if (con->execPath) xfree(con->execPath); - con->execPath = xstrdup(path); - con->execAbsolute = allowAbsolute; -} - -static void invokeCallbacks(poptContext con, const struct poptOption * table, - int post) { - const struct poptOption * opt = table; - poptCallbackType cb; - - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) { - invokeCallbacks(con, opt->arg, post); - } else if (((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK) && - ((!post && (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_PRE)) || - ( post && (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_POST)))) { - cb = (poptCallbackType)opt->arg; - cb(con, post ? POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST : POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE, - NULL, NULL, opt->descrip); - } - opt++; - } -} - -poptContext poptGetContext(const char * name, int argc, const char ** argv, - const struct poptOption * options, int flags) { - poptContext con = malloc(sizeof(*con)); - - memset(con, 0, sizeof(*con)); - - con->os = con->optionStack; - con->os->argc = argc; - con->os->argv = argv; - con->os->argb = NULL; - - if (!(flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST)) - con->os->next = 1; /* skip argv[0] */ - - con->leftovers = calloc( (argc + 1), sizeof(char *) ); - con->options = options; - con->aliases = NULL; - con->numAliases = 0; - con->flags = flags; - con->execs = NULL; - con->numExecs = 0; - con->finalArgvAlloced = argc * 2; - con->finalArgv = calloc( con->finalArgvAlloced, sizeof(*con->finalArgv) ); - con->execAbsolute = 1; - - if (getenv("POSIXLY_CORRECT") || getenv("POSIX_ME_HARDER")) - con->flags |= POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER; - - if (name) - con->appName = strcpy(malloc(strlen(name) + 1), name); - - invokeCallbacks(con, con->options, 0); - - return con; -} - -static void cleanOSE(struct optionStackEntry *os) -{ - if (os->nextArg) { - xfree(os->nextArg); - os->nextArg = NULL; - } - if (os->argv) { - xfree(os->argv); - os->argv = NULL; - } - if (os->argb) { - PBM_FREE(os->argb); - os->argb = NULL; - } -} - -void poptResetContext(poptContext con) { - int i; - - while (con->os > con->optionStack) { - cleanOSE(con->os--); - } - if (con->os->argb) { - PBM_FREE(con->os->argb); - con->os->argb = NULL; - } - con->os->currAlias = NULL; - con->os->nextCharArg = NULL; - con->os->nextArg = NULL; - con->os->next = 1; /* skip argv[0] */ - - con->numLeftovers = 0; - con->nextLeftover = 0; - con->restLeftover = 0; - con->doExec = NULL; - - for (i = 0; i < con->finalArgvCount; i++) { - if (con->finalArgv[i]) { - xfree(con->finalArgv[i]); - con->finalArgv[i] = NULL; - } - } - - con->finalArgvCount = 0; -} - -/* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */ -static int handleExec(poptContext con, char * longName, char shortName) { - int i; - - i = con->numExecs - 1; - if (longName) { - while (i >= 0 && (!con->execs[i].longName || - strcmp(con->execs[i].longName, longName))) i--; - } else { - while (i >= 0 && - con->execs[i].shortName != shortName) i--; - } - - if (i < 0) return 0; - - if (con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC) - return 1; - - if (con->doExec == NULL) { - con->doExec = con->execs + i; - return 1; - } - - /* We already have an exec to do; remember this option for next - time 'round */ - if ((con->finalArgvCount + 1) >= (con->finalArgvAlloced)) { - con->finalArgvAlloced += 10; - con->finalArgv = realloc(con->finalArgv, - sizeof(*con->finalArgv) * con->finalArgvAlloced); - } - - i = con->finalArgvCount++; - { char *s = malloc((longName ? strlen(longName) : 0) + 3); - if (longName) - sprintf(s, "--%s", longName); - else - sprintf(s, "-%c", shortName); - con->finalArgv[i] = s; - } - - return 1; -} - -/* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */ -static int handleAlias(poptContext con, const char * longName, char shortName, - /*@keep@*/ const char * nextCharArg) { - int i; - - if (con->os->currAlias && con->os->currAlias->longName && longName && - !strcmp(con->os->currAlias->longName, longName)) - return 0; - if (con->os->currAlias && shortName && - shortName == con->os->currAlias->shortName) - return 0; - - i = con->numAliases - 1; - if (longName) { - while (i >= 0 && (!con->aliases[i].longName || - strcmp(con->aliases[i].longName, longName))) i--; - } else { - while (i >= 0 && - con->aliases[i].shortName != shortName) i--; - } - - if (i < 0) return 0; - - if ((con->os - con->optionStack + 1) == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH) - return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP; - - if (nextCharArg && *nextCharArg) - con->os->nextCharArg = nextCharArg; - - con->os++; - con->os->next = 0; - con->os->stuffed = 0; - con->os->nextArg = NULL; - con->os->nextCharArg = NULL; - con->os->currAlias = con->aliases + i; - poptDupArgv(con->os->currAlias->argc, con->os->currAlias->argv, - &con->os->argc, &con->os->argv); - con->os->argb = NULL; - - return 1; -} - -static void execCommand(poptContext con) { - const char ** argv; - int pos = 0; - const char * script = con->doExec->script; - - argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * - (6 + con->numLeftovers + con->finalArgvCount)); - - if (!con->execAbsolute && strchr(script, '/')) return; - - if (!strchr(script, '/') && con->execPath) { - char *s = alloca(strlen(con->execPath) + strlen(script) + 2); - sprintf(s, "%s/%s", con->execPath, script); - argv[pos] = s; - } else { - argv[pos] = script; - } - pos++; - - argv[pos] = findProgramPath(con->os->argv[0]); - if (argv[pos]) pos++; - argv[pos++] = ";"; - - memcpy(argv + pos, con->finalArgv, sizeof(*argv) * con->finalArgvCount); - pos += con->finalArgvCount; - - if (con->numLeftovers) { - argv[pos++] = "--"; - memcpy(argv + pos, con->leftovers, sizeof(*argv) * con->numLeftovers); - pos += con->numLeftovers; - } - - argv[pos++] = NULL; - -#ifdef __hpux - setresuid(getuid(), getuid(),-1); -#else -/* - * XXX " ... on BSD systems setuid() should be preferred over setreuid()" - * XXX sez' Timur Bakeyev - * XXX from Norbert Warmuth - */ -#if defined(HAVE_SETUID) - setuid(getuid()); -#elif defined (HAVE_SETREUID) - setreuid(getuid(), getuid()); /*hlauer: not portable to hpux9.01 */ -#else - ; /* Can't drop privileges */ -#endif -#endif - - execvp(argv[0], (char *const *)argv); -} - -/*@observer@*/ static const struct poptOption * -findOption(const struct poptOption * table, const char * longName, - char shortName, - /*@out@*/ poptCallbackType * callback, /*@out@*/ const void ** callbackData, - int singleDash) -{ - const struct poptOption * opt = table; - const struct poptOption * opt2; - const struct poptOption * cb = NULL; - - /* This happens when a single - is given */ - if (singleDash && !shortName && !*longName) - shortName = '-'; - - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) { - opt2 = findOption(opt->arg, longName, shortName, callback, - callbackData, singleDash); - if (opt2) { - if (*callback && !*callbackData) - *callbackData = opt->descrip; - return opt2; - } - } else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK) { - cb = opt; - } else if (longName && opt->longName && - (!singleDash || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) && - !strcmp(longName, opt->longName)) { - break; - } else if (shortName && shortName == opt->shortName) { - break; - } - opt++; - } - - if (!opt->longName && !opt->shortName) return NULL; - *callbackData = NULL; - *callback = NULL; - if (cb) { - *callback = (poptCallbackType)cb->arg; - if (!(cb->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_INC_DATA)) - *callbackData = cb->descrip; - } - - return opt; -} - -static const char *findNextArg(poptContext con, unsigned argx, int delete) -{ - struct optionStackEntry * os = con->os; - const char * arg; - - do { - int i; - arg = NULL; - while (os->next == os->argc && os > con->optionStack) os--; - if (os->next == os->argc && os == con->optionStack) break; - for (i = os->next; i < os->argc; i++) { - if (os->argb && PBM_ISSET(i, os->argb)) continue; - if (*os->argv[i] == '-') continue; - if (--argx > 0) continue; - arg = os->argv[i]; - if (delete) { - if (os->argb == NULL) os->argb = PBM_ALLOC(os->argc); - PBM_SET(i, os->argb); - } - break; - } - if (os > con->optionStack) os--; - } while (arg == NULL); - return arg; -} - -static /*@only@*/ const char * expandNextArg(poptContext con, const char * s) -{ - const char *a; - size_t alen; - char *t, *te; - size_t tn = strlen(s) + 1; - char c; - - te = t = malloc(tn);; - while ((c = *s++) != '\0') { - switch (c) { - case '\\': /* escape */ - c = *s++; - break; - case '!': - if (!(s[0] == '#' && s[1] == ':' && s[2] == '+')) - break; - if ((a = findNextArg(con, 1, 1)) == NULL) - break; - s += 3; - - alen = strlen(a); - tn += alen; - *te = '\0'; - t = realloc(t, tn); - te = t + strlen(t); - strncpy(te, a, alen); te += alen; - continue; - /*@notreached@*/ break; - default: - break; - } - *te++ = c; - } - *te = '\0'; - t = realloc(t, strlen(t)); /* XXX memory leak, hard to plug */ - return t; -} - -/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */ -int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con) -{ - const struct poptOption * opt = NULL; - int done = 0; - - while (!done) { - const char * origOptString = NULL; - poptCallbackType cb = NULL; - const void * cbData = NULL; - const char * longArg = NULL; - - while (!con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->next == con->os->argc - && con->os > con->optionStack) { - cleanOSE(con->os--); - } - if (!con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->next == con->os->argc) { - invokeCallbacks(con, con->options, 1); - if (con->doExec) execCommand(con); - return -1; - } - - /* Process next long option */ - if (!con->os->nextCharArg) { - char * localOptString, * optString; - - if (con->os->argb && PBM_ISSET(con->os->next, con->os->argb)) { - con->os->next++; - continue; - } - origOptString = con->os->argv[con->os->next++]; - - if (con->restLeftover || *origOptString != '-') { - con->leftovers[con->numLeftovers++] = origOptString; - if (con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER) - con->restLeftover = 1; - continue; - } - - /* Make a copy we can hack at */ - localOptString = optString = - strcpy(alloca(strlen(origOptString) + 1), - origOptString); - - if (!optString[0]) - return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT; - - if (optString[1] == '-' && !optString[2]) { - con->restLeftover = 1; - continue; - } else { - char *oe; - int singleDash; - - optString++; - if (*optString == '-') - singleDash = 0, optString++; - else - singleDash = 1; - - /* XXX aliases with arg substitution need "--alias=arg" */ - if (handleAlias(con, optString, '\0', NULL)) - continue; - if (handleExec(con, optString, '\0')) - continue; - - /* Check for "--long=arg" option. */ - for (oe = optString; *oe && *oe != '='; oe++) - ; - if (*oe == '=') { - *oe++ = '\0'; - /* XXX longArg is mapped back to persistent storage. */ - longArg = origOptString + (oe - localOptString); - } - - opt = findOption(con->options, optString, '\0', &cb, &cbData, - singleDash); - if (!opt && !singleDash) - return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT; - } - - if (!opt) - con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString + 1; - } - - /* Process next short option */ - if (con->os->nextCharArg) { - origOptString = con->os->nextCharArg; - - con->os->nextCharArg = NULL; - - if (handleAlias(con, NULL, *origOptString, - origOptString + 1)) { - origOptString++; - continue; - } - if (handleExec(con, NULL, *origOptString)) - continue; - - opt = findOption(con->options, NULL, *origOptString, &cb, - &cbData, 0); - if (!opt) - return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT; - - origOptString++; - if (*origOptString) - con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString; - } - - if (opt->arg && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_NONE) { - *((int *)opt->arg) = 1; - } else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_VAL) { - if (opt->arg) - *((int *) opt->arg) = opt->val; - } else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_NONE) { - if (con->os->nextArg) { - xfree(con->os->nextArg); - con->os->nextArg = NULL; - } - if (longArg) { - con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, longArg); - } else if (con->os->nextCharArg) { - con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->nextCharArg); - con->os->nextCharArg = NULL; - } else { - while (con->os->next == con->os->argc && - con->os > con->optionStack) { - cleanOSE(con->os--); - } - if (con->os->next == con->os->argc) - return POPT_ERROR_NOARG; - - con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->argv[con->os->next++]); - } - - if (opt->arg) { - long aLong; - char *end; - - switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) { - case POPT_ARG_STRING: - /* XXX memory leak, hard to plug */ - *((const char **) opt->arg) = xstrdup(con->os->nextArg); - break; - - case POPT_ARG_INT: - case POPT_ARG_LONG: - aLong = strtol(con->os->nextArg, &end, 0); - if (!(end && *end == '\0')) - return POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER; - - if (aLong == LONG_MIN || aLong == LONG_MAX) - return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW; - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_LONG) { - *((long *) opt->arg) = aLong; - } else { - if (aLong > INT_MAX || aLong < INT_MIN) - return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW; - *((int *) opt->arg) = aLong; - } - break; - - default: - fprintf(stdout, POPT_("option type (%d) not implemented in popt\n"), - opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK); - exit(EXIT_FAILURE); - } - } - } - - if (cb) - cb(con, POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION, opt, con->os->nextArg, cbData); - else if (opt->val && ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_VAL)) - done = 1; - - if ((con->finalArgvCount + 2) >= (con->finalArgvAlloced)) { - con->finalArgvAlloced += 10; - con->finalArgv = realloc(con->finalArgv, - sizeof(*con->finalArgv) * con->finalArgvAlloced); - } - - { char *s = malloc((opt->longName ? strlen(opt->longName) : 0) + 3); - if (opt->longName) - sprintf(s, "--%s", opt->longName); - else - sprintf(s, "-%c", opt->shortName); - con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = s; - } - - if (opt->arg && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_NONE - && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_VAL) { - con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = xstrdup(con->os->nextArg); - } - } - - return opt->val; -} - -const char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con) { - const char * ret = con->os->nextArg; - con->os->nextArg = NULL; - return ret; -} - -const char * poptGetArg(poptContext con) { - if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL; - return con->leftovers[con->nextLeftover++]; -} - -const char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con) { - if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL; - return con->leftovers[con->nextLeftover]; -} - -const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con) { - if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL; - - /* some apps like [like RPM ;-) ] need this NULL terminated */ - con->leftovers[con->numLeftovers] = NULL; - - return (con->leftovers + con->nextLeftover); -} - -void poptFreeContext(poptContext con) { - int i; - - poptResetContext(con); - if (con->os->argb) free(con->os->argb); - - for (i = 0; i < con->numAliases; i++) { - if (con->aliases[i].longName) xfree(con->aliases[i].longName); - free(con->aliases[i].argv); - } - - for (i = 0; i < con->numExecs; i++) { - if (con->execs[i].longName) xfree(con->execs[i].longName); - xfree(con->execs[i].script); - } - if (con->execs) xfree(con->execs); - - free(con->leftovers); - free(con->finalArgv); - if (con->appName) xfree(con->appName); - if (con->aliases) free(con->aliases); - if (con->otherHelp) xfree(con->otherHelp); - if (con->execPath) xfree(con->execPath); - free(con); -} - -int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias newAlias, - /*@unused@*/ int flags) -{ - int aliasNum = con->numAliases++; - struct poptAlias * alias; - - /* SunOS won't realloc(NULL, ...) */ - if (!con->aliases) - con->aliases = malloc(sizeof(newAlias) * con->numAliases); - else - con->aliases = realloc(con->aliases, - sizeof(newAlias) * con->numAliases); - alias = con->aliases + aliasNum; - - alias->longName = (newAlias.longName) - ? strcpy(malloc(strlen(newAlias.longName) + 1), newAlias.longName) - : NULL; - alias->shortName = newAlias.shortName; - alias->argc = newAlias.argc; - alias->argv = newAlias.argv; - - return 0; -} - -const char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags) { - struct optionStackEntry * os; - - if (flags & POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS) - os = con->optionStack; - else - os = con->os; - - return os->argv[os->next - 1]; -} - -#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG -10 -#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT -11 -#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP -13 -#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE -15 /* only from poptParseArgString() */ -#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO -16 /* only from poptParseArgString() */ - -const char *const poptStrerror(const int error) { - switch (error) { - case POPT_ERROR_NOARG: - return POPT_("missing argument"); - case POPT_ERROR_BADOPT: - return POPT_("unknown option"); - case POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP: - return POPT_("aliases nested too deeply"); - case POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE: - return POPT_("error in paramter quoting"); - case POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER: - return POPT_("invalid numeric value"); - case POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW: - return POPT_("number too large or too small"); - case POPT_ERROR_ERRNO: - return strerror(errno); - default: - return POPT_("unknown error"); - } -} - -int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, const char ** argv) { - int argc; - - if ((con->os - con->optionStack) == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH) - return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP; - - for (argc = 0; argv[argc]; argc++) - ; - - con->os++; - con->os->next = 0; - con->os->nextArg = NULL; - con->os->nextCharArg = NULL; - con->os->currAlias = NULL; - poptDupArgv(argc, argv, &con->os->argc, &con->os->argv); - con->os->argb = NULL; - con->os->stuffed = 1; - - return 0; -} - -const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con) { - return con->os->argv[0]; -} diff --git a/support/poptconfig.c b/support/poptconfig.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7a1a4c2b..00000000 --- a/support/poptconfig.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#include "system.h" -#include "poptint.h" - -static void configLine(poptContext con, char * line) { - int nameLength = strlen(con->appName); - char * opt; - struct poptAlias alias; - char * entryType; - char * longName = NULL; - char shortName = '\0'; - - if (strncmp(line, con->appName, nameLength)) return; - line += nameLength; - if (!*line || !isspace(*line)) return; - while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++; - entryType = line; - - while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++; - *line++ = '\0'; - while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++; - if (!*line) return; - opt = line; - - while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++; - *line++ = '\0'; - while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++; - if (!*line) return; - - if (opt[0] == '-' && opt[1] == '-') - longName = opt + 2; - else if (opt[0] == '-' && !opt[2]) - shortName = opt[1]; - - if (!strcmp(entryType, "alias")) { - if (poptParseArgvString(line, &alias.argc, &alias.argv)) return; - alias.longName = longName, alias.shortName = shortName; - poptAddAlias(con, alias, 0); - } else if (!strcmp(entryType, "exec")) { - con->execs = realloc(con->execs, - sizeof(*con->execs) * (con->numExecs + 1)); - if (longName) - con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = xstrdup(longName); - else - con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = NULL; - - con->execs[con->numExecs].shortName = shortName; - con->execs[con->numExecs].script = xstrdup(line); - - con->numExecs++; - } -} - -int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn) { - char * file, * chptr, * end; - char * buf, * dst; - int fd, rc; - int fileLength; - - fd = open(fn, O_RDONLY); - if (fd < 0) { - if (errno == ENOENT) - return 0; - else - return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO; - } - - fileLength = lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_END); - (void) lseek(fd, 0, 0); - - file = alloca(fileLength + 1); - if (read(fd, file, fileLength) != fileLength) { - rc = errno; - close(fd); - errno = rc; - return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO; - } - close(fd); - - dst = buf = alloca(fileLength + 1); - - chptr = file; - end = (file + fileLength); - while (chptr < end) { - switch (*chptr) { - case '\n': - *dst = '\0'; - dst = buf; - while (*dst && isspace(*dst)) dst++; - if (*dst && *dst != '#') { - configLine(con, dst); - } - chptr++; - break; - case '\\': - *dst++ = *chptr++; - if (chptr < end) { - if (*chptr == '\n') - dst--, chptr++; - /* \ at the end of a line does not insert a \n */ - else - *dst++ = *chptr++; - } - break; - default: - *dst++ = *chptr++; - break; - } - } - - return 0; -} - -int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ int useEnv) { - char * fn, * home; - int rc; - - if (!con->appName) return 0; - - rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, "/etc/popt"); - if (rc) return rc; - if (getuid() != geteuid()) return 0; - - if ((home = getenv("HOME"))) { - fn = alloca(strlen(home) + 20); - strcpy(fn, home); - strcat(fn, "/.popt"); - rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, fn); - if (rc) return rc; - } - - return 0; -} - diff --git a/support/popthelp.c b/support/popthelp.c deleted file mode 100644 index c36ecead..00000000 --- a/support/popthelp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: t; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ - -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#include "system.h" -#include "poptint.h" - -static void displayArgs(poptContext con, - /*@unused@*/ enum poptCallbackReason foo, - struct poptOption * key, - /*@unused@*/ const char * arg, /*@unused@*/ void * data) { - if (key->shortName== '?') - poptPrintHelp(con, stdout, 0); - else - poptPrintUsage(con, stdout, 0); - exit(0); -} - -struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[] = { - { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_CALLBACK, (void *)&displayArgs, '\0', NULL, NULL }, - { "help", '?', 0, NULL, '?', N_("Show this help message"), NULL }, - { "usage", '\0', 0, NULL, 'u', N_("Display brief usage message"), NULL }, - { NULL, '\0', 0, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL } -} ; - - -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const -getTableTranslationDomain(const struct poptOption *table) -{ - const struct poptOption *opt; - - for(opt = table; - opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg; - opt++) { - if(opt->argInfo == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN) - return opt->arg; - } - - return NULL; -} - -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const -getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt, const char *translation_domain) -{ - if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) return NULL; - - if (opt == (poptHelpOptions + 1) || opt == (poptHelpOptions + 2)) - if (opt->argDescrip) return POPT_(opt->argDescrip); - - if (opt->argDescrip) return D_(translation_domain, opt->argDescrip); - return POPT_("ARG"); -} - -static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * f, int maxLeftCol, - const struct poptOption * opt, - const char *translation_domain) { - int indentLength = maxLeftCol + 5; - int lineLength = 79 - indentLength; - const char * help = D_(translation_domain, opt->descrip); - int helpLength; - const char * ch; - char format[10]; - char * left; - const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain); - - left = malloc(maxLeftCol + 1); - *left = '\0'; - - if (opt->longName && opt->shortName) - sprintf(left, "-%c, --%s", opt->shortName, opt->longName); - else if (opt->shortName) - sprintf(left, "-%c", opt->shortName); - else if (opt->longName) - sprintf(left, "--%s", opt->longName); - if (!*left) return ; - if (argDescrip) { - strcat(left, "="); - strcat(left, argDescrip); - } - - if (help) - fprintf(f," %-*s ", maxLeftCol, left); - else { - fprintf(f," %s\n", left); - goto out; - } - - helpLength = strlen(help); - while (helpLength > lineLength) { - ch = help + lineLength - 1; - while (ch > help && !isspace(*ch)) ch--; - if (ch == help) break; /* give up */ - while (ch > (help + 1) && isspace(*ch)) ch--; - ch++; - - sprintf(format, "%%.%ds\n%%%ds", (int) (ch - help), indentLength); - fprintf(f, format, help, " "); - help = ch; - while (isspace(*help) && *help) help++; - helpLength = strlen(help); - } - - if (helpLength) fprintf(f, "%s\n", help); - -out: - free(left); -} - -static int maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt, - const char * translation_domain) { - int max = 0; - int this; - const char * s; - - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) { - this = maxArgWidth(opt->arg, translation_domain); - if (this > max) max = this; - } else if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) { - this = opt->shortName ? 2 : 0; - if (opt->longName) { - if (this) this += 2; - this += strlen(opt->longName) + 2; - } - - s = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain); - if (s) - this += strlen(s) + 1; - if (this > max) max = this; - } - - opt++; - } - - return max; -} - -static void singleTableHelp(FILE * f, const struct poptOption * table, - int left, - const char *translation_domain) { - const struct poptOption * opt; - const char *sub_transdom; - - opt = table; - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && - !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) - singleOptionHelp(f, left, opt, translation_domain); - opt++; - } - - opt = table; - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) { - sub_transdom = getTableTranslationDomain(opt->arg); - if(!sub_transdom) - sub_transdom = translation_domain; - - if (opt->descrip) - fprintf(f, "\n%s\n", D_(sub_transdom, opt->descrip)); - - singleTableHelp(f, opt->arg, left, sub_transdom); - } - opt++; - } -} - -static int showHelpIntro(poptContext con, FILE * f) { - int len = 6; - const char * fn; - - fprintf(f, POPT_("Usage:")); - if (!(con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST)) { - fn = con->optionStack->argv[0]; - if (strchr(fn, '/')) fn = strchr(fn, '/') + 1; - fprintf(f, " %s", fn); - len += strlen(fn) + 1; - } - - return len; -} - -void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * f, /*@unused@*/ int flags) { - int leftColWidth; - - showHelpIntro(con, f); - if (con->otherHelp) - fprintf(f, " %s\n", con->otherHelp); - else - fprintf(f, " %s\n", POPT_("[OPTION...]")); - - leftColWidth = maxArgWidth(con->options, NULL); - singleTableHelp(f, con->options, leftColWidth, NULL); -} - -static int singleOptionUsage(FILE * f, int cursor, - const struct poptOption * opt, - const char *translation_domain) { - int len = 3; - char shortStr[2] = { '\0', '\0' }; - const char * item = shortStr; - const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain); - - if (opt->shortName) { - if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) - return cursor; /* we did these already */ - len++; - *shortStr = opt->shortName; - shortStr[1] = '\0'; - } else if (opt->longName) { - len += 1 + strlen(opt->longName); - item = opt->longName; - } - - if (len == 3) return cursor; - - if (argDescrip) - len += strlen(argDescrip) + 1; - - if ((cursor + len) > 79) { - fprintf(f, "\n "); - cursor = 7; - } - - fprintf(f, " [-%s%s%s%s]", opt->shortName ? "" : "-", item, - argDescrip ? (opt->shortName ? " " : "=") : "", - argDescrip ? argDescrip : ""); - - return cursor + len + 1; -} - -static int singleTableUsage(FILE * f, int cursor, const struct poptOption * table, - const char *translation_domain) { - const struct poptOption * opt; - - opt = table; - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN) - translation_domain = (const char *)opt->arg; - else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) - cursor = singleTableUsage(f, cursor, opt->arg, - translation_domain); - else if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && - !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) - cursor = singleOptionUsage(f, cursor, opt, translation_domain); - - opt++; - } - - return cursor; -} - -static int showShortOptions(const struct poptOption * opt, FILE * f, - char * str) { - char s[300]; /* this is larger then the ascii set, so - it should do just fine */ - - s[0] = '\0'; - if (str == NULL) { - memset(s, 0, sizeof(s)); - str = s; - } - - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if (opt->shortName && !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) - str[strlen(str)] = opt->shortName; - else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) - showShortOptions(opt->arg, f, str); - - opt++; - } - - if (s != str || !*s) - return 0; - - fprintf(f, " [-%s]", s); - return strlen(s) + 4; -} - -void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * f, /*@unused@*/ int flags) { - int cursor; - - cursor = showHelpIntro(con, f); - cursor += showShortOptions(con->options, f, NULL); - singleTableUsage(f, cursor, con->options, NULL); - - if (con->otherHelp) { - cursor += strlen(con->otherHelp) + 1; - if (cursor > 79) fprintf(f, "\n "); - fprintf(f, " %s", con->otherHelp); - } - - fprintf(f, "\n"); -} - -void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text) { - if (con->otherHelp) xfree(con->otherHelp); - con->otherHelp = xstrdup(text); -} diff --git a/support/poptint.h b/support/poptint.h deleted file mode 100644 index 16880954..00000000 --- a/support/poptint.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#ifndef H_POPTINT -#define H_POPTINT - -/* Bit mask macros. */ -typedef unsigned int __pbm_bits; -#define __PBM_NBITS (8 * sizeof (__pbm_bits)) -#define __PBM_IX(d) ((d) / __PBM_NBITS) -#define __PBM_MASK(d) ((__pbm_bits) 1 << ((d) % __PBM_NBITS)) -typedef struct { - __pbm_bits bits[1]; -} pbm_set; -#define __PBM_BITS(set) ((set)->bits) - -#define PBM_ALLOC(d) calloc(__PBM_IX (d) + 1, sizeof(__pbm_bits)) -#define PBM_FREE(s) free(s); -#define PBM_SET(d, s) (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] |= __PBM_MASK (d)) -#define PBM_CLR(d, s) (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] &= ~__PBM_MASK (d)) -#define PBM_ISSET(d, s) ((__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] & __PBM_MASK (d)) != 0) - -struct optionStackEntry { - int argc; - /*@only@*/ const char ** argv; - /*@only@*/ pbm_set * argb; - int next; - /*@only@*/ const char * nextArg; - /*@keep@*/ const char * nextCharArg; - /*@dependent@*/ struct poptAlias * currAlias; - int stuffed; -}; - -struct execEntry { - const char * longName; - char shortName; - const char * script; -}; - -struct poptContext_s { - struct optionStackEntry optionStack[POPT_OPTION_DEPTH]; - /*@dependent@*/ struct optionStackEntry * os; - /*@owned@*/ const char ** leftovers; - int numLeftovers; - int nextLeftover; - /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options; - int restLeftover; - /*@only@*/ const char * appName; - /*@only@*/ struct poptAlias * aliases; - int numAliases; - int flags; - struct execEntry * execs; - int numExecs; - /*@only@*/ const char ** finalArgv; - int finalArgvCount; - int finalArgvAlloced; - /*@dependent@*/ struct execEntry * doExec; - /*@only@*/ const char * execPath; - int execAbsolute; - /*@only@*/ const char * otherHelp; -}; - -#define xfree(_a) free((void *)_a) - -#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H -#include -#endif - -#if defined(HAVE_GETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__) -#define _(foo) gettext(foo) -#else -#define _(foo) (foo) -#endif - -#if defined(HAVE_DGETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__) -#define D_(dom, str) dgettext(dom, str) -#define POPT_(foo) D_("popt", foo) -#else -#define POPT_(foo) (foo) -#define D_(dom, str) (str) -#endif - -#define N_(foo) (foo) - -#endif diff --git a/support/poptparse.c b/support/poptparse.c deleted file mode 100644 index 65c948b6..00000000 --- a/support/poptparse.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#include "system.h" -#include "poptint.h" - -#define POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA 5 - -int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv, - int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr) -{ - size_t nb = (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv); - const char ** argv2; - char * dst; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { - if (argv[i] == NULL) - return POPT_ERROR_NOARG; - nb += strlen(argv[i]) + 1; - } - - dst = malloc(nb); - argv2 = (void *) dst; - dst += (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv); - - for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { - argv2[i] = dst; - dst += strlen(strcpy(dst, argv[i])) + 1; - } - argv2[argc] = NULL; - - *argvPtr = argv2; - *argcPtr = argc; - return 0; -} - -int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr) -{ - const char * src; - char quote = '\0'; - int argvAlloced = POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA; - const char ** argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced); - int argc = 0; - int buflen = strlen(s) + 1; - char * buf = memset(alloca(buflen), 0, buflen); - - argv[argc] = buf; - - for (src = s; *src; src++) { - if (quote == *src) { - quote = '\0'; - } else if (quote) { - if (*src == '\\') { - src++; - if (!*src) { - free(argv); - return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE; - } - if (*src != quote) *buf++ = '\\'; - } - *buf++ = *src; - } else if (isspace(*src)) { - if (*argv[argc]) { - buf++, argc++; - if (argc == argvAlloced) { - argvAlloced += POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA; - argv = realloc(argv, sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced); - } - argv[argc] = buf; - } - } else switch (*src) { - case '"': - case '\'': - quote = *src; - break; - case '\\': - src++; - if (!*src) { - free(argv); - return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE; - } - /*@fallthrough@*/ - default: - *buf++ = *src; - break; - } - } - - if (strlen(argv[argc])) { - argc++, buf++; - } - -#if 0 - { char * dst = malloc((argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv) + (buf - argv[0])); - const char ** argv2 = (void *) dst; - int i; - - dst += (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv); - memcpy(argv2, argv, argc * sizeof(*argv)); - argv2[argc] = NULL; - memcpy(dst, argv[0], buf - argv[0]); - - for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) - argv2[i] = dst + (argv[i] - argv[0]); - - *argvPtr = argv2; - *argcPtr = argc; - } -#else - (void) poptDupArgv(argc, argv, argcPtr, argvPtr); -#endif - - free(argv); - - return 0; -} diff --git a/support/scandir.c b/support/scandir.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1b45e376..00000000 --- a/support/scandir.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include -#endif -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#if HAVE_DIRENT_H -# include -# define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name) -#else -# define dirent direct -# define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen -# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H -# include -# endif -# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H -# include -# endif -# if HAVE_NDIR_H -# include -# endif -#endif - -#undef PARAMS -#if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(args) args -#else -# define PARAMS(args) () -#endif - -#define set_errno(e) (errno = (e)) - -int -scandir (dir, namelist, select, cmp) - const char *dir; - struct dirent ***namelist; - int (*select) PARAMS ((struct dirent *)); - int (*cmp) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *)); -{ - DIR *dp = opendir (dir); - struct dirent **v = NULL; - size_t vsize = 0, i; - struct dirent *d; - int save; - - if (dp == NULL) - return -1; - - save = errno; - set_errno (0); - - i = 0; - while ((d = readdir (dp)) != NULL) - if (select == NULL || (*select) (d)) - { - size_t dsize; - - /* Ignore errors from select or readdir */ - set_errno (0); - - if (i == vsize) - { - struct dirent **new; - if (vsize == 0) - vsize = 10; - else - vsize *= 2; - new = (struct dirent **) realloc (v, vsize * sizeof (*v)); - if (new == NULL) - { - lose: - set_errno (ENOMEM); - break; - } - v = new; - } - - dsize = &d->d_name[1 + NAMLEN (d)] - (char *) d; - v[i] = (struct dirent *) malloc (dsize); - if (v[i] == NULL) - goto lose; - - memcpy (v[i++], d, dsize); - } - - if (errno != 0) - { - save = errno; - (void) closedir (dp); - while (i > 0) - free (v[--i]); - free (v); - set_errno (save); - return -1; - } - - (void) closedir (dp); - set_errno (save); - - /* Sort the list if we have a comparison function to sort with. */ - if (cmp != NULL) - qsort (v, i, sizeof (*v), cmp); - *namelist = v; - return i; -} - -int -alphasort (const void *a, const void *b) -{ - return strcmp ((*(const struct dirent **) a)->d_name, - (*(const struct dirent **) b)->d_name); -} diff --git a/support/strcasecmp.c b/support/strcasecmp.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4640372e..00000000 --- a/support/strcasecmp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include - -#ifndef weak_alias -# define __strcasecmp strcasecmp -# define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch) -#else -# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL -# define __strcasecmp __strcasecmp_l -# define TOLOWER(Ch) __tolower_l ((Ch), loc) -# else -# define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch) -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL -# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc -# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc; -#else -# define LOCALE_PARAM -# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL -#endif - -/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or - greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, - equal to or greater than S2. */ -int -__strcasecmp (s1, s2 LOCALE_PARAM) - const char *s1; - const char *s2; - LOCALE_PARAM_DECL -{ - const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1; - const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2; - unsigned char c1, c2; - - if (p1 == p2) - return 0; - - do - { - c1 = TOLOWER (*p1++); - c2 = TOLOWER (*p2++); - if (c1 == '\0') - break; - } - while (c1 == c2); - - return c1 - c2; -} -#ifndef __strcasecmp -weak_alias (__strcasecmp, strcasecmp) -#endif diff --git a/support/strerror.c b/support/strerror.c deleted file mode 100644 index f8fff572..00000000 --- a/support/strerror.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,837 +0,0 @@ -/* Extended support for using errno values. - Written by Fred Fish. fnf@cygnus.com - This file is in the public domain. --Per Bothner. */ - -#include "config.h" - -#ifndef PARAMS -#if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus -# define PARAMS(args) args -#else -# define PARAMS(args) () -#endif -#endif - - -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST -/* Note that errno.h (not sure what OS) or stdio.h (BSD 4.4, at least) - might declare sys_errlist in a way that the compiler might consider - incompatible with our later declaration, perhaps by using const - attributes. So we hide the declaration in errno.h (if any) using a - macro. */ -#define sys_errlist sys_errlist__ -#endif - -#include -#include - -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST -#undef sys_errlist -#endif - -/* Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -#include -extern void *malloc (size_t size); /* 4.10.3.3 */ -extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n); /* 4.11.6.1 */ -#else /* !__STDC__ */ -extern char *malloc (); /* Standard memory allocater */ -extern char *memset (); -#endif /* __STDC__ */ - -#ifndef MAX -# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) -#endif - -static void init_error_tables PARAMS ((void)); - -/* Translation table for errno values. See intro(2) in most UNIX systems - Programmers Reference Manuals. - - Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime - to initialize errno name and message tables that are indexed by errno - value. - - Not all of these errnos will exist on all systems. This table is the only - thing that should have to be updated as new error numbers are introduced. - It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */ - -struct error_info -{ - int value; /* The numeric value from */ - const char *name; /* The equivalent symbolic value */ -#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST - const char *msg; /* Short message about this value */ -#endif -}; - -#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST -# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name, msg} -#else -# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name} -#endif - -static const struct error_info error_table[] = -{ -#if defined (EPERM) - ENTRY(EPERM, "EPERM", "Not owner"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOENT) - ENTRY(ENOENT, "ENOENT", "No such file or directory"), -#endif -#if defined (ESRCH) - ENTRY(ESRCH, "ESRCH", "No such process"), -#endif -#if defined (EINTR) - ENTRY(EINTR, "EINTR", "Interrupted system call"), -#endif -#if defined (EIO) - ENTRY(EIO, "EIO", "I/O error"), -#endif -#if defined (ENXIO) - ENTRY(ENXIO, "ENXIO", "No such device or address"), -#endif -#if defined (E2BIG) - ENTRY(E2BIG, "E2BIG", "Arg list too long"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOEXEC) - ENTRY(ENOEXEC, "ENOEXEC", "Exec format error"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADF) - ENTRY(EBADF, "EBADF", "Bad file number"), -#endif -#if defined (ECHILD) - ENTRY(ECHILD, "ECHILD", "No child processes"), -#endif -#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK) /* Put before EAGAIN, sometimes aliased */ - ENTRY(EWOULDBLOCK, "EWOULDBLOCK", "Operation would block"), -#endif -#if defined (EAGAIN) - ENTRY(EAGAIN, "EAGAIN", "No more processes"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOMEM) - ENTRY(ENOMEM, "ENOMEM", "Not enough space"), -#endif -#if defined (EACCES) - ENTRY(EACCES, "EACCES", "Permission denied"), -#endif -#if defined (EFAULT) - ENTRY(EFAULT, "EFAULT", "Bad address"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTBLK) - ENTRY(ENOTBLK, "ENOTBLK", "Block device required"), -#endif -#if defined (EBUSY) - ENTRY(EBUSY, "EBUSY", "Device busy"), -#endif -#if defined (EEXIST) - ENTRY(EEXIST, "EEXIST", "File exists"), -#endif -#if defined (EXDEV) - ENTRY(EXDEV, "EXDEV", "Cross-device link"), -#endif -#if defined (ENODEV) - ENTRY(ENODEV, "ENODEV", "No such device"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTDIR) - ENTRY(ENOTDIR, "ENOTDIR", "Not a directory"), -#endif -#if defined (EISDIR) - ENTRY(EISDIR, "EISDIR", "Is a directory"), -#endif -#if defined (EINVAL) - ENTRY(EINVAL, "EINVAL", "Invalid argument"), -#endif -#if defined (ENFILE) - ENTRY(ENFILE, "ENFILE", "File table overflow"), -#endif -#if defined (EMFILE) - ENTRY(EMFILE, "EMFILE", "Too many open files"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTTY) - ENTRY(ENOTTY, "ENOTTY", "Not a typewriter"), -#endif -#if defined (ETXTBSY) - ENTRY(ETXTBSY, "ETXTBSY", "Text file busy"), -#endif -#if defined (EFBIG) - ENTRY(EFBIG, "EFBIG", "File too large"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOSPC) - ENTRY(ENOSPC, "ENOSPC", "No space left on device"), -#endif -#if defined (ESPIPE) - ENTRY(ESPIPE, "ESPIPE", "Illegal seek"), -#endif -#if defined (EROFS) - ENTRY(EROFS, "EROFS", "Read-only file system"), -#endif -#if defined (EMLINK) - ENTRY(EMLINK, "EMLINK", "Too many links"), -#endif -#if defined (EPIPE) - ENTRY(EPIPE, "EPIPE", "Broken pipe"), -#endif -#if defined (EDOM) - ENTRY(EDOM, "EDOM", "Math argument out of domain of func"), -#endif -#if defined (ERANGE) - ENTRY(ERANGE, "ERANGE", "Math result not representable"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOMSG) - ENTRY(ENOMSG, "ENOMSG", "No message of desired type"), -#endif -#if defined (EIDRM) - ENTRY(EIDRM, "EIDRM", "Identifier removed"), -#endif -#if defined (ECHRNG) - ENTRY(ECHRNG, "ECHRNG", "Channel number out of range"), -#endif -#if defined (EL2NSYNC) - ENTRY(EL2NSYNC, "EL2NSYNC", "Level 2 not synchronized"), -#endif -#if defined (EL3HLT) - ENTRY(EL3HLT, "EL3HLT", "Level 3 halted"), -#endif -#if defined (EL3RST) - ENTRY(EL3RST, "EL3RST", "Level 3 reset"), -#endif -#if defined (ELNRNG) - ENTRY(ELNRNG, "ELNRNG", "Link number out of range"), -#endif -#if defined (EUNATCH) - ENTRY(EUNATCH, "EUNATCH", "Protocol driver not attached"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOCSI) - ENTRY(ENOCSI, "ENOCSI", "No CSI structure available"), -#endif -#if defined (EL2HLT) - ENTRY(EL2HLT, "EL2HLT", "Level 2 halted"), -#endif -#if defined (EDEADLK) - ENTRY(EDEADLK, "EDEADLK", "Deadlock condition"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOLCK) - ENTRY(ENOLCK, "ENOLCK", "No record locks available"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADE) - ENTRY(EBADE, "EBADE", "Invalid exchange"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADR) - ENTRY(EBADR, "EBADR", "Invalid request descriptor"), -#endif -#if defined (EXFULL) - ENTRY(EXFULL, "EXFULL", "Exchange full"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOANO) - ENTRY(ENOANO, "ENOANO", "No anode"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADRQC) - ENTRY(EBADRQC, "EBADRQC", "Invalid request code"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADSLT) - ENTRY(EBADSLT, "EBADSLT", "Invalid slot"), -#endif -#if defined (EDEADLOCK) - ENTRY(EDEADLOCK, "EDEADLOCK", "File locking deadlock error"), -#endif -#if defined (EBFONT) - ENTRY(EBFONT, "EBFONT", "Bad font file format"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOSTR) - ENTRY(ENOSTR, "ENOSTR", "Device not a stream"), -#endif -#if defined (ENODATA) - ENTRY(ENODATA, "ENODATA", "No data available"), -#endif -#if defined (ETIME) - ENTRY(ETIME, "ETIME", "Timer expired"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOSR) - ENTRY(ENOSR, "ENOSR", "Out of streams resources"), -#endif -#if defined (ENONET) - ENTRY(ENONET, "ENONET", "Machine is not on the network"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOPKG) - ENTRY(ENOPKG, "ENOPKG", "Package not installed"), -#endif -#if defined (EREMOTE) - ENTRY(EREMOTE, "EREMOTE", "Object is remote"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOLINK) - ENTRY(ENOLINK, "ENOLINK", "Link has been severed"), -#endif -#if defined (EADV) - ENTRY(EADV, "EADV", "Advertise error"), -#endif -#if defined (ESRMNT) - ENTRY(ESRMNT, "ESRMNT", "Srmount error"), -#endif -#if defined (ECOMM) - ENTRY(ECOMM, "ECOMM", "Communication error on send"), -#endif -#if defined (EPROTO) - ENTRY(EPROTO, "EPROTO", "Protocol error"), -#endif -#if defined (EMULTIHOP) - ENTRY(EMULTIHOP, "EMULTIHOP", "Multihop attempted"), -#endif -#if defined (EDOTDOT) - ENTRY(EDOTDOT, "EDOTDOT", "RFS specific error"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADMSG) - ENTRY(EBADMSG, "EBADMSG", "Not a data message"), -#endif -#if defined (ENAMETOOLONG) - ENTRY(ENAMETOOLONG, "ENAMETOOLONG", "File name too long"), -#endif -#if defined (EOVERFLOW) - ENTRY(EOVERFLOW, "EOVERFLOW", "Value too large for defined data type"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTUNIQ) - ENTRY(ENOTUNIQ, "ENOTUNIQ", "Name not unique on network"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADFD) - ENTRY(EBADFD, "EBADFD", "File descriptor in bad state"), -#endif -#if defined (EREMCHG) - ENTRY(EREMCHG, "EREMCHG", "Remote address changed"), -#endif -#if defined (ELIBACC) - ENTRY(ELIBACC, "ELIBACC", "Can not access a needed shared library"), -#endif -#if defined (ELIBBAD) - ENTRY(ELIBBAD, "ELIBBAD", "Accessing a corrupted shared library"), -#endif -#if defined (ELIBSCN) - ENTRY(ELIBSCN, "ELIBSCN", ".lib section in a.out corrupted"), -#endif -#if defined (ELIBMAX) - ENTRY(ELIBMAX, "ELIBMAX", "Attempting to link in too many shared libraries"), -#endif -#if defined (ELIBEXEC) - ENTRY(ELIBEXEC, "ELIBEXEC", "Cannot exec a shared library directly"), -#endif -#if defined (EILSEQ) - ENTRY(EILSEQ, "EILSEQ", "Illegal byte sequence"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOSYS) - ENTRY(ENOSYS, "ENOSYS", "Operation not applicable"), -#endif -#if defined (ELOOP) - ENTRY(ELOOP, "ELOOP", "Too many symbolic links encountered"), -#endif -#if defined (ERESTART) - ENTRY(ERESTART, "ERESTART", "Interrupted system call should be restarted"), -#endif -#if defined (ESTRPIPE) - ENTRY(ESTRPIPE, "ESTRPIPE", "Streams pipe error"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTEMPTY) - ENTRY(ENOTEMPTY, "ENOTEMPTY", "Directory not empty"), -#endif -#if defined (EUSERS) - ENTRY(EUSERS, "EUSERS", "Too many users"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTSOCK) - ENTRY(ENOTSOCK, "ENOTSOCK", "Socket operation on non-socket"), -#endif -#if defined (EDESTADDRREQ) - ENTRY(EDESTADDRREQ, "EDESTADDRREQ", "Destination address required"), -#endif -#if defined (EMSGSIZE) - ENTRY(EMSGSIZE, "EMSGSIZE", "Message too long"), -#endif -#if defined (EPROTOTYPE) - ENTRY(EPROTOTYPE, "EPROTOTYPE", "Protocol wrong type for socket"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOPROTOOPT) - ENTRY(ENOPROTOOPT, "ENOPROTOOPT", "Protocol not available"), -#endif -#if defined (EPROTONOSUPPORT) - ENTRY(EPROTONOSUPPORT, "EPROTONOSUPPORT", "Protocol not supported"), -#endif -#if defined (ESOCKTNOSUPPORT) - ENTRY(ESOCKTNOSUPPORT, "ESOCKTNOSUPPORT", "Socket type not supported"), -#endif -#if defined (EOPNOTSUPP) - ENTRY(EOPNOTSUPP, "EOPNOTSUPP", "Operation not supported on transport endpoint"), -#endif -#if defined (EPFNOSUPPORT) - ENTRY(EPFNOSUPPORT, "EPFNOSUPPORT", "Protocol family not supported"), -#endif -#if defined (EAFNOSUPPORT) - ENTRY(EAFNOSUPPORT, "EAFNOSUPPORT", "Address family not supported by protocol"), -#endif -#if defined (EADDRINUSE) - ENTRY(EADDRINUSE, "EADDRINUSE", "Address already in use"), -#endif -#if defined (EADDRNOTAVAIL) - ENTRY(EADDRNOTAVAIL, "EADDRNOTAVAIL","Cannot assign requested address"), -#endif -#if defined (ENETDOWN) - ENTRY(ENETDOWN, "ENETDOWN", "Network is down"), -#endif -#if defined (ENETUNREACH) - ENTRY(ENETUNREACH, "ENETUNREACH", "Network is unreachable"), -#endif -#if defined (ENETRESET) - ENTRY(ENETRESET, "ENETRESET", "Network dropped connection because of reset"), -#endif -#if defined (ECONNABORTED) - ENTRY(ECONNABORTED, "ECONNABORTED", "Software caused connection abort"), -#endif -#if defined (ECONNRESET) - ENTRY(ECONNRESET, "ECONNRESET", "Connection reset by peer"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOBUFS) - ENTRY(ENOBUFS, "ENOBUFS", "No buffer space available"), -#endif -#if defined (EISCONN) - ENTRY(EISCONN, "EISCONN", "Transport endpoint is already connected"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTCONN) - ENTRY(ENOTCONN, "ENOTCONN", "Transport endpoint is not connected"), -#endif -#if defined (ESHUTDOWN) - ENTRY(ESHUTDOWN, "ESHUTDOWN", "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown"), -#endif -#if defined (ETOOMANYREFS) - ENTRY(ETOOMANYREFS, "ETOOMANYREFS", "Too many references: cannot splice"), -#endif -#if defined (ETIMEDOUT) - ENTRY(ETIMEDOUT, "ETIMEDOUT", "Connection timed out"), -#endif -#if defined (ECONNREFUSED) - ENTRY(ECONNREFUSED, "ECONNREFUSED", "Connection refused"), -#endif -#if defined (EHOSTDOWN) - ENTRY(EHOSTDOWN, "EHOSTDOWN", "Host is down"), -#endif -#if defined (EHOSTUNREACH) - ENTRY(EHOSTUNREACH, "EHOSTUNREACH", "No route to host"), -#endif -#if defined (EALREADY) - ENTRY(EALREADY, "EALREADY", "Operation already in progress"), -#endif -#if defined (EINPROGRESS) - ENTRY(EINPROGRESS, "EINPROGRESS", "Operation now in progress"), -#endif -#if defined (ESTALE) - ENTRY(ESTALE, "ESTALE", "Stale NFS file handle"), -#endif -#if defined (EUCLEAN) - ENTRY(EUCLEAN, "EUCLEAN", "Structure needs cleaning"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTNAM) - ENTRY(ENOTNAM, "ENOTNAM", "Not a XENIX named type file"), -#endif -#if defined (ENAVAIL) - ENTRY(ENAVAIL, "ENAVAIL", "No XENIX semaphores available"), -#endif -#if defined (EISNAM) - ENTRY(EISNAM, "EISNAM", "Is a named type file"), -#endif -#if defined (EREMOTEIO) - ENTRY(EREMOTEIO, "EREMOTEIO", "Remote I/O error"), -#endif - ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL) -}; - -#ifdef EVMSERR -/* This is not in the table, because the numeric value of EVMSERR (32767) - lies outside the range of sys_errlist[]. */ -static struct { int value; const char *name, *msg; } - evmserr = { EVMSERR, "EVMSERR", "VMS-specific error" }; -#endif - -/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime. Indexed by the - errno value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */ - -static const char **error_names; -static int num_error_names = 0; - -/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not - already exist in the host environment. Indexed by the errno value to find - the descriptive string. - - We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the - same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically - initialized rather than statically initialized. */ - -#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST - -static int sys_nerr; -static const char **sys_errlist; - -#else - -extern int sys_nerr; -extern char *sys_errlist[]; - -#endif - - -/* - -NAME - - init_error_tables -- initialize the name and message tables - -SYNOPSIS - - static void init_error_tables (); - -DESCRIPTION - - Using the error_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate - the error_names and the sys_errlist (if needed) tables, which are - indexed at runtime by a specific errno value. - -BUGS - - The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions, - in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't - bomb either. Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free - some memory in the meantime. In any case, the other routines know - how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it. This - may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically - warn about this particular failure mode. - -*/ - -static void -init_error_tables () -{ - const struct error_info *eip; - int nbytes; - - /* If we haven't already scanned the error_table once to find the maximum - errno value, then go find it now. */ - - if (num_error_names == 0) - { - for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) - { - if (eip -> value >= num_error_names) - { - num_error_names = eip -> value + 1; - } - } - } - - /* Now attempt to allocate the error_names table, zero it out, and then - initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */ - - if (error_names == NULL) - { - nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *); - if ((error_names = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL) - { - memset (error_names, 0, nbytes); - for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) - { - error_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name; - } - } - } - -#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST - - /* Now attempt to allocate the sys_errlist table, zero it out, and then - initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */ - - if (sys_errlist == NULL) - { - nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *); - if ((sys_errlist = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL) - { - memset (sys_errlist, 0, nbytes); - sys_nerr = num_error_names; - for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) - { - sys_errlist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg; - } - } - } - -#endif - -} - -/* - -NAME - - errno_max -- return the max errno value - -SYNOPSIS - - int errno_max (); - -DESCRIPTION - - Returns the maximum errno value for which a corresponding symbolic - name or message is available. Note that in the case where - we use the sys_errlist supplied by the system, it is possible for - there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa. - In fact, the manual page for perror(3C) explicitly warns that one - should check the size of the table (sys_nerr) before indexing it, - since new error codes may be added to the system before they are - added to the table. Thus sys_nerr might be smaller than value - implied by the largest errno value defined in . - - We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful - symbolic name or message. - -*/ - -int -errno_max () -{ - int maxsize; - - if (error_names == NULL) - { - init_error_tables (); - } - maxsize = MAX (sys_nerr, num_error_names); - return (maxsize - 1); -} - -#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR - -/* - -NAME - - strerror -- map an error number to an error message string - -SYNOPSIS - - char *strerror (int errnoval) - -DESCRIPTION - - Maps an errno number to an error message string, the contents of - which are implementation defined. On systems which have the external - variables sys_nerr and sys_errlist, these strings will be the same - as the ones used by perror(). - - If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices - for the sys_errlist, but no message is available for the particular - error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is the - error number. - - If the supplied error number is not a valid index into sys_errlist, - returns NULL. - - The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the - next call to strerror. - -*/ - -char * -strerror (errnoval) - int errnoval; -{ - char *msg; - static char buf[32]; - -#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST - - if (error_names == NULL) - { - init_error_tables (); - } - -#endif - - if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= sys_nerr)) - { -#ifdef EVMSERR - if (errnoval == evmserr.value) - msg = evmserr.msg; - else -#endif - /* Out of range, just return NULL */ - msg = NULL; - } - else if ((sys_errlist == NULL) || (sys_errlist[errnoval] == NULL)) - { - /* In range, but no sys_errlist or no entry at this index. */ - sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval); - msg = buf; - } - else - { - /* In range, and a valid message. Just return the message. */ - msg = (char *) sys_errlist[errnoval]; - } - - return (msg); -} - -#endif /* ! HAVE_STRERROR */ - - -/* - -NAME - - strerrno -- map an error number to a symbolic name string - -SYNOPSIS - - const char *strerrno (int errnoval) - -DESCRIPTION - - Given an error number returned from a system call (typically - returned in errno), returns a pointer to a string containing the - symbolic name of that error number, as found in . - - If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices - for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular - error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is - the error number. - - If the supplied error number is not within the range of valid - indices, then returns NULL. - -BUGS - - The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be - valid until the next call to strerrno. - -*/ - -const char * -strerrno (errnoval) - int errnoval; -{ - const char *name; - static char buf[32]; - - if (error_names == NULL) - { - init_error_tables (); - } - - if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= num_error_names)) - { -#ifdef EVMSERR - if (errnoval == evmserr.value) - name = evmserr.name; - else -#endif - /* Out of range, just return NULL */ - name = NULL; - } - else if ((error_names == NULL) || (error_names[errnoval] == NULL)) - { - /* In range, but no error_names or no entry at this index. */ - sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval); - name = (const char *) buf; - } - else - { - /* In range, and a valid name. Just return the name. */ - name = error_names[errnoval]; - } - - return (name); -} - -/* - -NAME - - strtoerrno -- map a symbolic errno name to a numeric value - -SYNOPSIS - - int strtoerrno (char *name) - -DESCRIPTION - - Given the symbolic name of a error number, map it to an errno value. - If no translation is found, returns 0. - -*/ - -int -strtoerrno (name) - const char *name; -{ - int errnoval = 0; - - if (name != NULL) - { - if (error_names == NULL) - { - init_error_tables (); - } - for (errnoval = 0; errnoval < num_error_names; errnoval++) - { - if ((error_names[errnoval] != NULL) && - (strcmp (name, error_names[errnoval]) == 0)) - { - break; - } - } - if (errnoval == num_error_names) - { -#ifdef EVMSERR - if (strcmp (name, evmserr.name) == 0) - errnoval = evmserr.value; - else -#endif - errnoval = 0; - } - } - return (errnoval); -} - - -/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the errno translations - if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */ - -#ifdef MAIN - -#include - -int -main () -{ - int errn; - int errnmax; - const char *name; - char *msg; - char *strerror (); - - errnmax = errno_max (); - printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_error_names); - printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nerr); - printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", errnmax); - - /* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not - *either* table. Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not* - relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for - NULL. */ - - for (errn = 0; errn <= errnmax; errn++) - { - name = strerrno (errn); - name = (name == NULL) ? "" : name; - msg = strerror (errn); - msg = (msg == NULL) ? "" : msg; - printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", errn, name, msg); - } - - return 0; -} - -#endif diff --git a/support/strndup.c b/support/strndup.c deleted file mode 100644 index cd971e1c..00000000 --- a/support/strndup.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include "config.h" -#endif - -#include -#include - -#if defined _LIBC || defined STDC_HEADERS -# include -# include -#else -char *malloc (); -#endif - -#ifndef weak_alias -# define __strndup strndup -#endif - -char * -__strndup (s, n) - const char *s; - size_t n; -{ - size_t len = strnlen (s, n); - char *new = malloc (len + 1); - - if (new == NULL) - return NULL; - - new[len] = '\0'; - return memcpy (new, s, len); -} -#ifdef weak_alias -weak_alias (__strndup, strndup) -#endif diff --git a/support/strnlen.c b/support/strnlen.c deleted file mode 100644 index ab95d170..00000000 --- a/support/strnlen.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters. - Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#include - -/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters. - If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN. */ - -size_t -strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen) -{ - const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen); - return end ? end - string : maxlen; -} diff --git a/support/strtod.c b/support/strtod.c deleted file mode 100644 index c86c73de..00000000 --- a/support/strtod.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of strtod for systems with atof. - Copyright (C) 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -This file is part of the libiberty library. This library is free -software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the -terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the -Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -any later version. - -This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -GNU General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to -the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - -As a special exception, if you link this library with files -compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause -the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License. -This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why -the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */ - -#include - -extern double atof (); - -/* Disclaimer: this is currently just used by CHILL in GDB and therefore - has not been tested well. It may have been tested for nothing except - that it compiles. */ - -double -strtod (str, ptr) - char *str; - char **ptr; -{ - char *p; - - if (ptr == (char **)0) - return atof (str); - - p = str; - - while (isspace (*p)) - ++p; - - if (*p == '+' || *p == '-') - ++p; - - /* INF or INFINITY. */ - if ((p[0] == 'i' || p[0] == 'I') - && (p[1] == 'n' || p[1] == 'N') - && (p[2] == 'f' || p[2] == 'F')) - { - if ((p[3] == 'i' || p[3] == 'I') - && (p[4] == 'n' || p[4] == 'N') - && (p[5] == 'i' || p[5] == 'I') - && (p[6] == 't' || p[6] == 'T') - && (p[7] == 'y' || p[7] == 'Y')) - { - *ptr = p + 7; - return atof (str); - } - else - { - *ptr = p + 3; - return atof (str); - } - } - - /* NAN or NAN(foo). */ - if ((p[0] == 'n' || p[0] == 'N') - && (p[1] == 'a' || p[1] == 'A') - && (p[2] == 'n' || p[2] == 'N')) - { - p += 3; - if (*p == '(') - { - ++p; - while (*p != '\0' && *p != ')') - ++p; - if (*p == ')') - ++p; - } - *ptr = p; - return atof (str); - } - - /* digits, with 0 or 1 periods in it. */ - if (isdigit (*p) || *p == '.') - { - int got_dot = 0; - while (isdigit (*p) || (!got_dot && *p == '.')) - { - if (*p == '.') - got_dot = 1; - ++p; - } - - /* Exponent. */ - if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') - { - int i; - i = 1; - if (p[i] == '+' || p[i] == '-') - ++i; - if (isdigit (p[i])) - { - while (isdigit (p[i])) - ++i; - *ptr = p + i; - return atof (str); - } - } - *ptr = p; - return atof (str); - } - /* Didn't find any digits. Doesn't look like a number. */ - *ptr = str; - return 0.0; -} diff --git a/support/strtok_r.c b/support/strtok_r.c deleted file mode 100644 index 44430dae..00000000 --- a/support/strtok_r.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -/* Reentrant string tokenizer. Generic version. - Copyright (C) 1991, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#include - -#undef strtok_r - -/* Parse S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM. - If S is NULL, the saved pointer in SAVE_PTR is used as - the next starting point. For example: - char s[] = "-abc-=-def"; - char *sp; - x = strtok_r(s, "-", &sp); // x = "abc", sp = "=-def" - x = strtok_r(NULL, "-=", &sp); // x = "def", sp = NULL - x = strtok_r(NULL, "=", &sp); // x = NULL - // s = "abc\0-def\0" -*/ -char * -strtok_r (s, delim, save_ptr) - char *s; - const char *delim; - char **save_ptr; -{ - char *token; - - if (s == NULL) - s = *save_ptr; - - /* Scan leading delimiters. */ - s += strspn (s, delim); - if (*s == '\0') - return NULL; - - /* Find the end of the token. */ - token = s; - s = strpbrk (token, delim); - if (s == NULL) - /* This token finishes the string. */ - *save_ptr = strchr (token, '\0'); - else - { - /* Terminate the token and make *SAVE_PTR point past it. */ - *s = '\0'; - *save_ptr = s + 1; - } - return token; -} diff --git a/support/strtol.c b/support/strtol.c deleted file mode 100644 index 75b74939..00000000 --- a/support/strtol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by the University of - * California, Berkeley and its contributors. - * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#if 0 -#include -#endif - -/* FIXME: It'd be nice to configure around these, but the include files are too - painful. These macros should at least be more portable than hardwired hex - constants. */ - -#ifndef ULONG_MAX -#define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long)(~0L)) /* 0xFFFFFFFF */ -#endif - -#ifndef LONG_MAX -#define LONG_MAX ((long)(ULONG_MAX >> 1)) /* 0x7FFFFFFF */ -#endif - -#ifndef LONG_MIN -#define LONG_MIN ((long)(~LONG_MAX)) /* 0x80000000 */ -#endif - -/* - * Convert a string to a long integer. - * - * Ignores `locale' stuff. Assumes that the upper and lower case - * alphabets and digits are each contiguous. - */ -long -strtol(nptr, endptr, base) - const char *nptr; - char **endptr; - register int base; -{ - register const char *s = nptr; - register unsigned long acc; - register int c; - register unsigned long cutoff; - register int neg = 0, any, cutlim; - - /* - * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any. - * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else - * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x. - */ - do { - c = *s++; - } while (isspace(c)); - if (c == '-') { - neg = 1; - c = *s++; - } else if (c == '+') - c = *s++; - if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && - c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) { - c = s[1]; - s += 2; - base = 16; - } - if (base == 0) - base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10; - - /* - * Compute the cutoff value between legal numbers and illegal - * numbers. That is the largest legal value, divided by the - * base. An input number that is greater than this value, if - * followed by a legal input character, is too big. One that - * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit - * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last - * digit. For instance, if the range for longs is - * [-2147483648..2147483647] and the input base is 10, - * cutoff will be set to 214748364 and cutlim to either - * 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have accumulated - * a value > 214748364, or equal but the next digit is > 7 (or 8), - * the number is too big, and we will return a range error. - * - * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate - * overflow. - */ - cutoff = neg ? -(unsigned long)LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX; - cutlim = cutoff % (unsigned long)base; - cutoff /= (unsigned long)base; - for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) { - if (isdigit(c)) - c -= '0'; - else if (isalpha(c)) - c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10; - else - break; - if (c >= base) - break; - if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim) - any = -1; - else { - any = 1; - acc *= base; - acc += c; - } - } - if (any < 0) { - acc = neg ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX; - errno = ERANGE; - } else if (neg) - acc = -acc; - if (endptr != 0) - *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr); - return (acc); -} diff --git a/support/strtoul.c b/support/strtoul.c deleted file mode 100644 index 54207fa9..00000000 --- a/support/strtoul.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by the University of - * California, Berkeley and its contributors. - * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#if 0 -#include -#endif - -#ifndef ULONG_MAX -#define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long)(~0L)) /* 0xFFFFFFFF */ -#endif - -/* - * Convert a string to an unsigned long integer. - * - * Ignores `locale' stuff. Assumes that the upper and lower case - * alphabets and digits are each contiguous. - */ -unsigned long -strtoul(nptr, endptr, base) - const char *nptr; - char **endptr; - register int base; -{ - register const char *s = nptr; - register unsigned long acc; - register int c; - register unsigned long cutoff; - register int neg = 0, any, cutlim; - - /* - * See strtol for comments as to the logic used. - */ - do { - c = *s++; - } while (isspace(c)); - if (c == '-') { - neg = 1; - c = *s++; - } else if (c == '+') - c = *s++; - if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && - c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) { - c = s[1]; - s += 2; - base = 16; - } - if (base == 0) - base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10; - cutoff = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX / (unsigned long)base; - cutlim = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX % (unsigned long)base; - for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) { - if (isdigit(c)) - c -= '0'; - else if (isalpha(c)) - c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10; - else - break; - if (c >= base) - break; - if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim) - any = -1; - else { - any = 1; - acc *= base; - acc += c; - } - } - if (any < 0) { - acc = ULONG_MAX; - errno = ERANGE; - } else if (neg) - acc = -acc; - if (endptr != 0) - *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr); - return (acc); -} diff --git a/support/system.h b/support/system.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0f888f42..00000000 --- a/support/system.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include "config.h" -#endif - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#if HAVE_MCHECK_H -#include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#if HAVE_UNISTD_H -#include -#endif - -#ifdef __NeXT -/* access macros are not declared in non posix mode in unistd.h - - don't try to use posix on NeXTstep 3.3 ! */ -#include -#endif - -/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */ -#ifndef __GNUC__ -# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H -# include -# else -# ifdef _AIX -#pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */ -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) -#define alloca __builtin_alloca -#endif - -/*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str); - -#if HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) -#define vmefail() (fprintf(stderr, "virtual memory exhausted.\n"), exit(EXIT_FAILURE), NULL) -#define xstrdup(_str) (strcpy((malloc(strlen(_str)+1) ? : vmefail()), (_str))) -#else -#define xstrdup(_str) strdup(_str) -#endif /* HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) */ - - -#include "popt-gnome.h" diff --git a/support/vasprintf.c b/support/vasprintf.c deleted file mode 100644 index 64e06b88..00000000 --- a/support/vasprintf.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must - be freed by the caller. - Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -any later version. - -This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -GNU General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include - -#if __STDC__ -# include -#else -# include -#endif - -#ifdef TEST -int global_total_width; -#endif - -unsigned long strtoul (); -char *malloc (); - -static int -int_vasprintf (result, format, args) - char **result; - const char *format; - va_list *args; -{ - const char *p = format; - /* Add one to make sure that it is never zero, which might cause malloc - to return NULL. */ - int total_width = strlen (format) + 1; - va_list ap; - - memcpy (&ap, args, sizeof (va_list)); - - while (*p != '\0') - { - if (*p++ == '%') - { - while (strchr ("-+ #0", *p)) - ++p; - if (*p == '*') - { - ++p; - total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int)); - } - else - total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10); - if (*p == '.') - { - ++p; - if (*p == '*') - { - ++p; - total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int)); - } - else - total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10); - } - while (strchr ("hlL", *p)) - ++p; - /* Should be big enough for any format specifier except %s - and floats. */ - total_width += 30; - switch (*p) - { - case 'd': - case 'i': - case 'o': - case 'u': - case 'x': - case 'X': - case 'c': - (void) va_arg (ap, int); - break; - case 'f': - case 'e': - case 'E': - case 'g': - case 'G': - (void) va_arg (ap, double); - /* Since an ieee double can have an exponent of 307, we'll - make the buffer wide enough to cover the gross case. */ - total_width += 307; - break; - case 's': - total_width += strlen (va_arg (ap, char *)); - break; - case 'p': - case 'n': - (void) va_arg (ap, char *); - break; - } - } - } -#ifdef TEST - global_total_width = total_width; -#endif - *result = malloc (total_width); - if (*result != NULL) - return vsprintf (*result, format, *args); - else - return 0; -} - -int -vasprintf (result, format, args) - char **result; - const char *format; - va_list args; -{ - return int_vasprintf (result, format, &args); -} - -int -asprintf -#if __STDC__ - (char **result, const char *format, ...) -#else - (result, va_alist) - char **result; - va_dcl -#endif -{ - va_list args; - int done; - -#if __STDC__ - va_start (args, format); -#else - char *format; - va_start (args); - format = va_arg (args, char *); -#endif - done = vasprintf (result, format, args); - va_end (args); - - return done; -} - -#ifdef TEST -void -checkit -#if __STDC__ - (const char* format, ...) -#else - (va_alist) - va_dcl -#endif -{ - va_list args; - char *result; - -#if __STDC__ - va_start (args, format); -#else - char *format; - va_start (args); - format = va_arg (args, char *); -#endif - vasprintf (&result, format, args); - if (strlen (result) < global_total_width) - printf ("PASS: "); - else - printf ("FAIL: "); - printf ("%d %s\n", global_total_width, result); -} - -int -main () -{ - checkit ("%d", 0x12345678); - checkit ("%200d", 5); - checkit ("%.300d", 6); - checkit ("%100.150d", 7); - checkit ("%s", "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\ -777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333"); - checkit ("%f%s%d%s", 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx"); -} -#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/support/vsnprintf.c b/support/vsnprintf.c deleted file mode 100644 index a2dfb4ed..00000000 --- a/support/vsnprintf.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Revision 12: http://theos.com/~deraadt/snprintf.c - * - * Copyright (c) 1997 Theo de Raadt - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#if __STDC__ -#include -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#include - -#ifndef roundup -#define roundup(x, y) ((((x)+((y)-1))/(y))*(y)) -#endif - -static int pgsize; -static char *curobj; -static int caught; -static sigjmp_buf bail; - -#define EXTRABYTES 2 /* XXX: why 2? you don't want to know */ - -static char * -msetup(str, n) - char *str; - size_t n; -{ - char *e; - - if (n == 0) - return NULL; - if (pgsize == 0) - pgsize = getpagesize(); - curobj = (char *)malloc(n + EXTRABYTES + pgsize * 2); - if (curobj == NULL) - return NULL; - e = curobj + n + EXTRABYTES; - e = (char *)roundup((unsigned long)e, pgsize); - if (mprotect(e, pgsize, PROT_NONE) == -1) { - free(curobj); - curobj = NULL; - return NULL; - } - e = e - n - EXTRABYTES; - *e = '\0'; - return (e); -} - -static void -mcatch() -{ - siglongjmp(bail, 1); -} - -static void -mcleanup(str, n, p) - char *str; - size_t n; - char *p; -{ - strncpy(str, p, n-1); - str[n-1] = '\0'; - if (mprotect((caddr_t)(p + n + EXTRABYTES), pgsize, - PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE|PROT_EXEC) == -1) - mprotect((caddr_t)(p + n + EXTRABYTES), pgsize, - PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE); - free(curobj); -} - -int -#if __STDC__ -vsnprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, va_list ap) -#else -vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap) - char *str; - size_t n; - char *fmt; - char *ap; -#endif -{ - struct sigaction osa, nsa; - char *p; - int ret = n + 1; /* if we bail, indicated we overflowed */ - - memset(&nsa, 0, sizeof nsa); - nsa.sa_handler = mcatch; - sigemptyset(&nsa.sa_mask); - - p = msetup(str, n); - if (p == NULL) { - *str = '\0'; - return 0; - } - if (sigsetjmp(bail, 1) == 0) { - if (sigaction(SIGSEGV, &nsa, &osa) == -1) { - mcleanup(str, n, p); - return (0); - } - ret = vsprintf(p, fmt, ap); - } - mcleanup(str, n, p); - (void) sigaction(SIGSEGV, &osa, NULL); - return (ret); -} - -int -#if __STDC__ -snprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, ...) -#else -snprintf(str, n, fmt, va_alist) - char *str; - size_t n; - char *fmt; - va_dcl -#endif -{ - va_list ap; -#if __STDC__ - va_start(ap, fmt); -#else - va_start(ap); -#endif - - return (vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap)); - va_end(ap); -} - - - -- cgit v1.2.1